Field Monitor Book PDF

Part number 139256-01
Revision F, January 2001
FieldMonitor
Machinery Protection System

User Manual
FieldMonitor User Manual
Copyright
Copyright 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Bently Nevada

Corporation. All rights reserved.
The information contained in this document is subject to
change without notice.
Trademarks
The following are trademarks of Bently Nevada Corporation in

the United States and other countries:
ADRE, Bently Nevada, Cable Loc, Data Manager,
DemoNet, Dynamic Data Manager, Dynamic Transmitor,
Engineer Assist, FieldMonitor, FluidLoc, FlexiTIM,
FlexiTAM, Helping You Protect and Manage Your Machinery,
HydroVU, Key , Keyphasor, Machine Condition Manager
2000, MachineLibrary, MicroPROX, Move Data, Not People,
Move Information, Not Data, NSv, Performance Manager,
PROXPAC, Proximitor, REBAM, Seismoprobe, System 1,
TDIXconnX, Tecknowledgy, Tip Loc, TorXimitor, Transient
Data Manager, Trendmaster, TrimLoc, VAM, Velomitor,
Actionable Information, Actionable Information to the Right People
At the Right Time.
PLC, PLC-5, Flex I/O, and Flex Ex are trademarks of the AllenBradley Company .
ControlNet is a trademark of ControlNet International
Microsoft and Windows NT are trademarks of the Microsoft
Company
Profibus is a trademark of the Profibus User Organization
Contacting Bently
Nevada Corporation
The following ways of contacting Bently Nevada Corporation

are provided for those times when you cannot contact your
local Bently Nevada representative:
Mailing Address
Telephone
Fax
Internet
ii
1631 Bently Parkway South

Minden, NV 89423
USA
1 775 782 3611
1 800 227 5514
1 775 782 9259
www.bently.com
About this manual

Purpose
This manual shows how to install and configure your FieldMonitor

Machinery Protection System. The manual does not show how to
design and install the fieldbus network on which the FieldMonitor
system is a node. It also does not cover transducer and external
transducer system installation.
Audience
We assume that you have previously used a programmable controller,

that you are familiar with its features, programming methodology, and
that you are familiar with the terminology. If not, read the user
manual for your processor.
In addition you may also need to be familiar with
Vocabulary
Rockwell Software products such as RSLogix5, RSLogix500,

RSLogix5000, RSNetworx, and RSLinx
Allen-Bradley Flex I/O or Flex Ex products
Microsoft Windows 95 or Windows NT
Fieldbus networks
In this manual we use these terms to mean the following:

Term
controller
adapter
Flexbus
FieldMonitor
system
Flex
internal
Proximitor
module
Dual Galvanic
Isolator
(Isolator)
Transducer I/O
Module
internal
transducer
module
PLC
Description
Any control system or network master such as a
PLC, DCS, or PC.
Flex network adapter. The adapter acts as a
gateway between the Fieldbus network and Flexbus
The serial communication bus between Flex
adapters and Flex modules
A FieldMonitor system consists of a terminal base, a
power supply, an internal Proximitor module or
transducer I/O module for Keyphasor application
(optional), monitor modules, transducer I/O modules,
and internal transducers (such as internal
Proximitor modules).
Flex I/O or Flex Ex parts
A 1701 module that is equivalent to two external
Proximitor Sensors, internal to the FieldMonitor
system
A galvanically isolated safety barrier that plugs into
the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base. The isolator is
used with any internal Proximitor or transducer i/o
module.
A 1701 module that plugs into the terminal base and
interfaces to two external sensors.
A 1701 module that is a sensor or transducer and
plugs directly into the terminal base. (An internal
Proximitor module is a type of internal
transducer.).
Programmable logic controller
iii
This user manual is divided into 10 chapters and 8 Appendices. The

following table lists the parts of the manual and describes the topics
covered in each part.
Manual
Organization
Chapter
1
Title
System Description
Receiving and
Handling Instructions
Installation
How Communication
Takes Place
3
4
7
8
9
10
A through D
E
F
G
Contents
Overview of the FieldMonitor system,
components, and features.
Describes receiving and handling requirements.
Describes how to install the system.

Gives an overview of how communication takes
place between the Flex adapter and the I/O
modules.
Programming the
Describes how to program the modules and how
Modules when using a configuration is sent to the modules using a
Remote I/O Adapter
remote I/O adapter.
Programming the
Describes how to program the modules and how
Module when using a
configuration is sent to the modules using a
Control Net Adapter
Control Net adapter.
Configuration Options
Describes the configuration options and breaks up
and I/O Data Tables
the data table into detailed descriptions.
System Verification
Shows how to verify that the system components
are operating properly.
Troubleshooting
Describes how to troubleshoot a problem with the
system and how to perform a few maintenance
operations such as changing a power supply fuse.
Ordering Information
Describes how to order the parts for your system.
Appendices
I/O Data Table and
Appendix
Monitor Type
Configuration Codes.
A
1701/15 Radial Vibration Type
B
1701/15 Thrust Position Type
C
1701/25 Velocity Input Type
D
1701/25 Acceleration Input Type
Specifications and
Monitor Options
Tested Flex Adapters
Field Wiring and
Installation Drawing for
the 1701/05
Field Wiring and
Installation Drawing for
the 1701/06
A list of Flex network adapters that have been

tested with FieldMonitor.
Diagrams that show how to connect transducers
to I/O modules and how to connect power and
ground for the 1701/05 Terminal Base.
Diagrams that show how to connect transducers
to I/O modules and how to connect power and
ground for the 1701/06 IsolatorTerminal Base.
Important Information
FieldMonitor Configuration Software automates the configuration
process. If you use this software, the information in Chapter 7 and
Appendix A, B, C, and D is for reference only.
iv
Safety Notices and

Warnings
We use the following symbol to identify information that requires

special attention:
The key words in these notices have the following meaning:
Danger
Key word
Danger, Alert, and
Caution
High voltage present.

Contact will cause shock,
burns, or death.
Application Alert
Do not touch exposed

power cables or terminals.
Application Advisory
For Additional
Information
Meaning
A hazard exists that may cause injury or
death. (Danger is the most serious
hazard.)
Inappropriate use or application of an
instrument that may damage the machine
or instrument.
Practices that would result in an inaccurate
signal or false alarms.
Practices that would cause the instrument
to stop monitoring or cause the
measurement to be inaccurate or
misleading.
Less serious machinery problems caused
by misapplication. These notices typically
identify tips about how to better apply the
product and enhance performance.
In order to configure, program, and integrate the FieldMonitor

system into a control system, you may need information from
the following manuals and documents:
Bently Nevada Manuals:
1701/50 Weatherproof Enclosure Installation Guide. Part number

143815-01.
1701/22 FieldMonitor Management Interface Module User

Manual. Part number 141970-01
Velomitor Piezo-Velocity Sensor Operation and Maintenance

Manual, part number 100076-01
330750 High Temperature Velocity Transducer Operation

Manual, part number 135090-01
330400 & 330425 Accelerometer Operation Manual, part number

127088-01
Rockwell Automation Publications:
1794-2.1, Flex I/O Product Data
1797-2.1, FlexEx Product Data
1794-5.13, Flex I/O Panel Mounting Kit
1786-2.12, ControlNet Network/System Overview
1786-6.2.1, ControlNet Cable System/Planning and Installation

Manual
Table of Contents
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
vi
System Description.......................................1-1
Chapter Overview..............................................................1-1
SystemOverview...............................................................1-1
System Components ....................................................1-6
About Configuration Software...............................1-6
About the 1701/05 Terminal Base (TB) and the
1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base (ITB) ...................1-7
About the Power Supply...................................... 1-11
About Monitors................................................... 1-12
About Transducer I/O Modules ........................... 1-13
About Internal Transducers ................................. 1-14
About Internal Isolators....................................... 1-14
About Monitors, Transducer I/O Modules, Isolators,
and Internal Proximitor Modules ...................... 1-15
Basics of Flexbus Communication ............................. 1-18
Receiving and Handling Instructions ..........2-1

Installation....................................................3-1
European Union Directive Compliance ..............................3-1
EMC Directive......................................................3-1
Low Voltage Directive ..........................................3-1
Enclosure Design Considerations ......................................3-2
FieldMonitor Power Dissipation ............................3-2
Calculating the Temperature Rise in a Weather Proof
Housing ................................................................3-2
Enclosure Oil Wicking and Humidity Considerations3-3
Hazardous Area Installations............................................3-3
Div. 2 Installations ................................................3-4
Zone 2 Installations ...............................................3-4
CE Installations.............................................................3-4
Wiring ..................................................................3-6
Additional Notes ...................................................3-6
Mounting the Terminal Base........................................3-7
Mounting the 1701/05 Terminal Base....................3-7
Mounting the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base .......3-9
Setting the Slot Offset Switch .................................... 3-10
(OFF) ................................................................. 3-11
Connecting the Flex Modules ......................................... 3-11
Direct Connection between a Flex module and 1701
Terminal Base..................................................... 3-11
Interconnect Cable Connection between a Flex Module
and 1701 Terminal Base...................................... 3-13
Installing the Power Supply............................................ 3-15
Installing 1701 Modules ................................................ 3-16
Installing Modules............................................... 3-17
Wiring ...................................................................... 3-18

External transducer wiring .................................. 3-18
Internal Transducer Wiring ................................. 3-19
Routing the Proximity Transducer System Extension
Cable and Field Wiring ....................................... 3-19
Power and earth connections ............................... 3-20
Dynamic connector wiring ................................... 3-21
External Safety Barrier Considerations ............................ 3-22
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
How Communication Takes Place............... 4-1

Communication Over the Flex I/O Backplane ..................... 4-1
I/O Structure................................................................. 4-2
Programming the Module when using a

Remote I/O Adapter .................................... 5-1
Programming a Monitor with Ladder Logic........................ 5-1
Example ladder logic program to write configuration
to and read data and status from a 1701 Monitor... 5-2
How Configuration is Sent to the Monitor ......................... 5-2
Chapter 6
Programming the Module when using a

ControlNet Adapter ..................................... 6-1
Programming the monitor using RSNetworx and RSLogix5
Software....................................................................... 6-1
How Configuration is Sent to the Monitor .......................... 6-1
Chapter 7
Configuration Options and I/O Data Tables7-1

Data Table Structure............................................. 7-1
Configuring and Programming a FieldMonitor System7-1
Radial Vibration Type 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor.. 7-2
Option Incompatibilities ........................................ 7-3
Direct Proportional Values.................................... 7-4
Gap Proportional Values ....................................... 7-5
Monitor Status...................................................... 7-6
Timed OK Channel Defeat .................................... 7-6
Channel On and Off .............................................. 7-6
Channel Alarm Status ........................................... 7-7
Trip Multiply........................................................ 7-7
Channel Inhibit ..................................................... 7-7
Transducer Type................................................... 7-8
Transducer Scale Factor ....................................... 7-8
Full Scale Range................................................... 7-8
Gap Alarm Setpoint (Over and Under Alert).......... 7-9
Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger) ... 7-9
High and Low Pass Corner Frequency................. 7-10
Alarm Time Delay .............................................. 7-10
Monitor Reset ..................................................... 7-10
Barrier Configuration.......................................... 7-10
Set Configuration Flag........................................ 7-10
Monitor Type...................................................... 7-11
Thrust Position Type 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor. 7-11
vii
Option Incompatibilities ...................................... 7-11

Direct Proportional Values .................................. 7-12
Gap Values ......................................................... 7-14
Monitor Status .................................................... 7-15
Channel On and Off ............................................ 7-15
Channel Alarm Status ......................................... 7-15
Upscale Thrust Direction..................................... 7-16
Channel Inhibit.................................................... 7-16
Transducer Type................................................. 7-16
Transducer Scale Factor...................................... 7-16
Full-scale Range ................................................. 7-17
Zero Position Voltage.......................................... 7-17
Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over and Under, Alert and
Danger)............................................................... 7-17
Alarm Time Delay............................................... 7-18
Monitor Reset ..................................................... 7-18
Set Configuration Flag ........................................ 7-18
Monitor Type...................................................... 7-19
Velocity Type 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor .................. 7-19
Direct Proportional Values .................................. 7-20
Monitor Status .................................................... 7-22
Timed OK Channel Defeat .................................. 7-22
Channel On and Off ............................................ 7-23
Channel Alarm Status ......................................... 7-23
Trip Multiply ...................................................... 7-23
Channel Inhibit.................................................... 7-24
Transducer Type................................................. 7-24
Transducer Scale Factor...................................... 7-24
Full Scale Range................................................. 7-25
Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger).. 7-25
High and Low Pass Corner Frequency ................. 7-26
Alarm Time Delay............................................... 7-26
Monitor Reset ..................................................... 7-26
Set Configuration Flag ........................................ 7-26
Monitor Type...................................................... 7-27
Acceleration Type 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor............. 7-27
Direct Proportional Values ....................................7-3
Monitor Status ......................................................7-4
Timed OK Channel Defeat ....................................7-4
Channel On and Off ..............................................7-5
Channel Alarm Status ...........................................7-5
Trip Multiply ........................................................7-5
Channel Inhibit......................................................7-6
Transducer Type...................................................7-6
Transducer Scale Factor........................................7-6
Full-scale Range ...................................................7-6
Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger)....7-7
viii
High and Low Pass Corner Frequency................... 7-8

Alarm Time Delay ................................................ 7-8
Monitor Reset ....................................................... 7-8
Barrier Configuration............................................ 7-8
Set Configuration Flag.......................................... 7-8
Monitor Type........................................................ 7-9
Chapter 8
System Verification...................................... 8-1
Chapter 9
Troubleshooting ........................................... 9-1
Monitor Verification....................................................... 8-1

Required Test Equipment ...................................... 8-1
Typical Verification Test Setup............................. 8-2
Monitor LED status .............................................. 8-3
Monitor Signal Scaling ......................................... 8-3
Verifying 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor Radial
Vibration Channels configured for external
Proximitor Sensors............................................. 8-5
Verifying 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor Radial
Vibration Channels using internal Proximitor
Sensors................................................................. 8-8
Verifying 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor Thrust
Position Channels configured for external
Proximitor Sensors........................................... 8-11
Verifying 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor Thrust
Position Channels using internal Proximitor Sensors8-15
Verifying 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Velocity
Channels configured for Seismoprobes or 2-wire
Velocity Sensors ................................................. 8-19
Channels configured for Velomitor sensors .......... 8-24
Verifying 1701/25 Seismic Input Acceleration
Channels............................................................. 8-30
If a Channel Fails a Verification Test .................. 8-38
Internal Proximitor Module Verification........................... 8-38
Transducer I/O Module Verification................................ 8-40
Internal Galvanic Isolator .............................................. 8-40
24 Volt Power Supply Verification.................................. 8-40
System Troubleshooting.................................................. 9-1
Communication Problems ..................................... 9-1
Monitor Troubleshooting................................................. 9-2
Monitor LED Fault Conditions.............................. 9-2
Monitor Status Codes ........................................... 9-3
Internal Proximitor Module Troubleshooting.................... 9-4
Transducer I/O Module Troubleshooting ........................... 9-9
Internal Isolator Troubleshooting .................................... 9-11
24 Volt Power Supply Troubleshooting ........................... 9-12
Changing the fuse ............................................... 9-12
ix
Chapter 10
Appendices
Ordering Information ................................10-1

FieldMonitor (1701) System ...................................... 10-1
Configuration Software ............................................. 10-1
1701 Internal Dual Galvanic Isolator ......................... 10-1
1701 Transducer I/O Modules ................................... 10-1
11701 Internal Proximitor Modules ........................ 10-2
D3300 Series Dual Proximitor Sensors............. 10-2
3300 NSv Series Dual Proximitor Sensor ...... 10-2
7200 Series Dual Proximitor Sensor ................. 10-2
1701 Proximity Transducer System Cables ................ 10-2
3300 XL Series 5 & 8mm Proximity Transducer
System Extension Cables..................................... 10-2
7200 Series 5 & 8mm Proximity Transducer System
Extension Cables................................................. 10-3
3300 NSv Series Proximity Transducer System
Extension Cables................................................. 10-3
1701 Proximity Transducer System Probes ................ 10-3
1701 Cables .............................................................. 10-3
Accessories ............................................................... 10-4
Flex Network Adapters.............................................. 10-4
FieldMonitor Enclosure ............................................. 10-5
Data Tables for the 1701/15 Radial Vibration

Monitor ........................................................A-1
Transducer Type vs Scale Factor.......................... A-5
Data Tables for the 1701/15 Thrust MonitorB-1

Transducer Type vs Scale Factor.......................... B-5
Data Tables for the 1701/25 Velocity Input

Monitor ........................................................C-1
Data Table for the 1701/25 Acceleration Input
Monitor ........................................................D-1
Transducer Type vs. Scale Factor......................... D-5
Specifications and Monitor Options ...........E-1

Tested Network Adapters ........................... F-1
1701/05 Terminal Base Installation and
Wiring Diagrams........................................ G-1
1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base Installation
and Wiring Diagrams................................. H-1
Chapter 1
Chapter
System Description
Chapter Overview
This chapter provides:
System Overview
an overview of the FieldMonitor Machinery Protection System

a description of the components of the system
basics of Flexbus communication
The FieldMonitor system is a distributed vibration monitor system

which can physically and functionally integrate with distributed I/O,
programmable logic controllers, distributed control systems, and PC
based control systems. The system is used with the Allen-Bradley Flex
I/O or Flex Ex distributed I/O products and communicates over
industry standard networks using Allen-Bradley and third party Flex
I/O network adapters or Flex Ex serial bus isolator and network
adapters.
A distributed vibration protection system is an alternative to
larger rack-based systems or vibration transmitters when
the vibration protection system is integrated with a machine

control system that uses distributed I/O over appropriate
networks.
vibration parameters display on the human machine interface for
the machine control system.
local, on-skid, mounting is desired
connecting vibration points to distributed FieldMonitor systems is
more efficient and economical than wiring all points to a central
rack-based system.
the tight integration and perceived cost advantages of vibration
transmitters are appealing but could benefit from proper
connectivity to online (or off-line) diagnostic and machinery
management systems, reduction or elimination of field wiring,
and the integrity and robustness of a system capable of selfchecking and self-contained alarm capabilities.
protection over a network is acceptable.
Distributed vibration monitoring saves money by reducing

installation and wiring costs in the following ways:
smaller footprint reduces cabinet space and enclosure size

on-skid mounting and internal Proximitor modules eliminate
field wiring and reduce the number of housings
a network cable may be the only wiring necessary between a
central control room and the machine
machine OEMs and packagers who use modular manufacturing

techniques can reduce cost by completely installing, wiring, and
testing the vibration system. Break down is simply disconnecting
the network cable and power thereby leaving the vibration system
intact and eliminating expensive field wiring and troubleshooting
Internal galvanically isolated safety barriers are used with the
1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base (ITB). The internal isolators
eliminate external safety barriers and make an Intrinsically Safe
Earth unnecessary.
FieldMonitor systems are nodes on a field bus network. The number

of networks supported by Flex network adapters is continually
expanding. Some examples are:
ControlNet
Remote I/O
DeviceNet
Profibus DP
Modbus
Interbus S
Ethernet TCP/IP
Appendix F lists the Flex network adapters that have been tested with
the FieldMonitor system.
1-2
Chapter 1 System Description
FieldMonitor System Overview

PLC
HMI
A-B Flex I/O

Industrial Network
FieldMonitor
System using
the 1701/05
Terminal
Base
FieldMonitor System for

Hazardous Areas using the
1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base
Div 2 or safe
area
Div 1 or Zone 0/1

Hazardous Area
Selection, layout, installation, and configuration of the network is not

covered in this manual
Each FieldMonitor node consists of an Allen-Bradley or third party
Flex network adapter, a number of Flex modules depending on the
application, and the Bently Nevada FieldMonitor system.
There are two types of FieldMonitor systems that use different
terminal bases. Terminal bases are the mounting platform and wiring
termination point for the FieldMonitor system. The 1701/05 Terminal
Base (TB) is used for most applications that do not require intrinsic
safety and the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base (ITB) is used for
applications that do require intrinsic safety.
Each FieldMonitor Protection System consists of the following
components:
a terminal base
a power supply
Keyphasor Module (optional). This is an internal Proximitor
module or a transducer I/O module interfacing to an external
Proximitor Sensor
monitor modules
transducer I/O modules
1-3
internal galvanically isolated safety barriers (only with the

1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base)
internal transducers
FieldMonitor Product Overview using the 1701/05 Terminal Base
Internal Proximitor or transducer I/O modules. One for each

monitor
Monitors, four places
Keyphasor Module. (Either an internal

Proximitor module or transducer I/O module
Power supply
Network adapter
1701/05 Terminal Base
1-4

FieldMonitor Product Overview using the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base:
Internal Proximitor Sensors or transducer

I/O modules. (One for each monitor.)
Dual Galvanic Isolators. (One for each internal Proximitor or
transducer I/O.)
Keyphasor. (Isolator and internal
Proximitor or transducer I/O module)
Monitors, four places
Power Supply
1701/06 Isolator
Terminal Base
Network
Adapter
The network adapter manages communication between other devices

on the network and the 1701 modules installed in the 1701 terminal
base. The adapter communicates with the1701 modules over Flexbus,
the Flex I/O backplane bus. The four monitor slots are addressable by
Flexbus.
1-5
System
Components
The components of the FieldMonitor system are described in

the table below.
Component
1701/01
1701/05
1701/06
1701/10
1701/15
1701/25
170133
170150
170172
170180-01
170180-02
170180-03
170180-04
170180-05
170190-01
Description
Configuration Software for RSLogix5
Terminal Base
Isolator Terminal Base
24 Volt DC Power Supply
Radial Vibration
Proximitor Input Monitor
Thrust Position
Seismic Input Monitor
Velocity
Acceleration
3300 series Internal
5 metre
9 metre
Dual Proximitor
Module
14 metre
7 metre
3300 NSv series Internal
Dual Proximitor Module
7200 series Internal
5 metre
9 metre
Dual Proximitor Module
Dual Proximitor/Accelerometer I/O Module
Dual Velocity I/O Module
Dual Velomitor I/O Module
Velomitor A & Velocity B I/O Module
Dual -18 Volt Proximitor I/O Module
Dual Galvanic Isolator
About Configuration Software

FieldMonitor configuration software is used to build the data tables
for the monitors and provides a convenient Windows user interface
where configuration choices are selected from menus and you can go
online to monitor values.
If you are using FieldMonitor configuration software then the
information in Chapter 7 and Appendices A, B, C, and D is for
reference only. If you cannot use FieldMonitor configuration software
then you will need to build the data table for each monitor using your
PLC software and the information in the manual sections mentioned
above.
Available FieldMonitor configuration software is:
Part
Description
1701/01
FieldMonitor Configuration Software for

RSLogix5.
1701/02
1-6
FieldMonitor Configuration Software for

RSLogix5000.
About the 1701/05 Terminal Base (TB) and the 1701/06

Isolator Terminal Base (ITB)
The 1701/05 Terminal Base is used for all applications where
transducers are installed in nonhazardous, Division 2, or Zone 2 areas.
The 1701/05 Terminal Base can also be used with external safety
barriers.
The 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base (ITB) is used for applications
where external transducers and internal proximity transducer systems
must be intrinsically safe. Intrinsic safety is accomplished using a
galvanically isolated safety barrier (isolator) that is installed directly
into the ITB.
The terminal bases provide:
the mounting platform for the system

slots for four monitors allowing 8 channels of vibration
monitoring
slots for four transducer I/O modules or internal transducers. One
required for each monitor
Keyphasor slot
slot for the power supply
slots for isolators (1701/06 ITB only)
I/O terminations
Flexbus connection
9 coaxial connectors for buffered dynamic signals from the 8
vibration channels and the Keyphasor output
Dynamic connector for connecting the 8 vibration channels to a
patch panel for easy diagnostic access.
1-7
1701/05 Terminal Base, plan view with modules removed

Field wiring I/O
terminations. Slot
and channel are
marked on the base
FieldMonitor
Machinery
Management Interface
Module Slot
Buffered output signals.

Slot and channel are
Monitor slots
Transducer I/O or
internal transducer
slots
1-8
Power Supply slot.
Keyphasor slot

1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base plan view with modules removed
FieldMonitor Machinery
Management Interface
Module Slot

Intrinsically safe field

wiring I/O terminations.
Slot and channel are
marked on the base
Monitor slots
Transducer I/O or
internal
transducer slots
Isolator slots
Keyphasor
isolator slot
Power
Supply slot
Keyphasor slot
Referring to the terminal base plan views:
A single Keyphasor Transducer is supported by installing an

internal Proximitor or transducer I/O module in slot T1K. If you
are using the 1701/06 ITB then install an isolator in slot I1 also.
If you are using the 1701/05 TB then install monitors and

transducer I/Os or internal transducers in pairs. Pairs are installed
in slots which have the same slot number, for example, a monitor
in slot 2 and the i/o or internal transducer in slot T2.
If you are using the 1701/06 ITB then install monitors, transducer
I/Os or internal transducer, and isolators in sets. The set will have
the same slot number, for example monitor in slot 2, i/o or
internal transducer in slot T2 and the isolator in slot I2.
Monitors install in slots 2, 3, 4, and 5
Transducer I/Os and internal transducers used with monitors

install in slots T2, T3, T4, and T5
Isolators install in the 1701/06 ITB only. Isolators used with

monitors install in slots I2, I3, I4, and I5 .
Field wiring termination, buffered outputs, and the Keyphasor

output terminals are identified by slot number and channel, where
channels are identified as A or B.
1-9
If an internal transducer module such as a dual Proximitor

module is used, connect the proximity probe cables to the
connectors on the top of the internal transducer module rather
than to the I/O terminals on the terminal base.
Connect FieldMonitor to Flexbus by using a direct connection or an

extender cable to connect to the network adapter as shown below.
Direct connection to the 1701/05 TB
Direct connection to the 1701/06 ITB
1-10
Extender cable connection to the 1701/05 TB
Extender cable connection to the 1701/06 ITB

About the Power Supply

Available power supplies are:

Part
1701/10
Description
24 Volt DC Input
The power supply installs in the large slot in the terminal base. The
supply provides logic and transducer voltages to the FieldMonitor
system.
1-11
About Monitors
Monitor Type
Status LED
Serial Number
Part Number
CE Mark
Monitors digitize the input, scale the signals into a range, check errors
and OK status, and process alarms. Communication between the
controller and the monitor consists of the controller sending
configuration and setpoints to the monitor and the monitor sending
vibration and status values to the controller. This communication
takes place first between the controller and the adapter via the
network or fieldbus and then between the adapter and the monitor via
Flexbus. The controller is the host for the vibration system. Vibration
parameters are displayed on the human machine interface (HMI) for
the controller.
1-12
About Transducer I/O Modules

Module Type
Channel identifier
and type
Part Number
Serial Number
Wiring label
CE Mark
A transducer I/O module is a two channel module which interfaces

between a monitor and a transducer mounted at some other location.
Some I/O modules can be used with a family of transducer types,
while others must be used with a specific transducer.
1-13
About Internal Transducers
Channel identifier
Part
Serial Number
CE Mark
An internal transducer is a transducer or sensor that installs directly

into the terminal base in place of a transducer I/O module, for
example, a dual channel internal Proximitor module.
About Internal Isolators

1-14


Internal Isolators are dual galvanically isolated safety barriers that
plug into the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base (ITB). The isolator
supports two transducers and is used with internal Proximitor and
transducer i/o modules.
About Monitors, Transducer I/O Modules, Isolators,

and Internal Proximitor
Modules
When you use the 1701/05 TB you must install monitors and
transducer I/O modules or internal Proximitor modules in pairs.
Monitors install in a numbered slot and the associated i/o or internal
Proximitor module installs in the adjacent slot with the same
number but preceded by a T. For example, a monitor in slot 2 has
its associated i/o in slot T2.
When you use the 1701/06 ITB you must install a monitor and its
associated i/o or internal Proximitor module and isolator in sets. The
monitor will install in a numbered slot, its associated i/o in the T
slot, and the associated isolator in the I slot. For example, a monitor
in slot 3 has its associated i/o in slot T3 and its associated isolator in
slot I3
A variety of different transducer I/O modules can be used with the
same type of monitor. The different i/o modules provide interfaces to
different transducer types but may be used with the same type of
monitor.
Available monitors are:
Part
Number
1701/15
Monitor
Monitor Type
1701/25
Radial Vibration
Thrust Position
Velocity
Acceleration
The Proximitor Input Monitor is programmed as either a Radial

Vibration or a Thrust Position Monitor and the Seismic Input Monitor
is programmed as either a Velocity or Acceleration Monitor.
Configuration is described in Chapter 7.
You can use the 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor with any of the
transducer I/Os or internal transducers listed in the table below:
Application Alert:
Because 1701 monitors cannot detect what type of transducer I/O or
internal transducer is installed, check that the installed hardware matches
your programmed configuration.
1-15
Monitor
1701/15
Proximitor
Input
Monitor
I/O or internal
transducer
module
part number
170133-050-xx
I/O module or
internal transducer
module description
Application
Internal Dual 3300 5

metre Proximitor
Module
radial vibration, axial position, or Keyphasor

signals where the distance between the terminal
base and the probe is 5 metres or less and the 5
m system is good for both channels.
signal where the distance between the terminal
base and the probe is 14 metres or less and the
14 m system is good for both channels.
Performance of extended length systems is more
sensitive to temperature extremes. If your
application will expose the probe and cable to
temperature extremes, then contact your Bently
Nevada representative.
base and the probe is 7 metres or less and the
7m system is good for both channels.
signal where you need to interface to external 24 Volt Proximitor Sensors on both channels.
signal where you need to interface to external 18 Volt Proximitor Sensors, such as the BNC
3000 series, on both channels.
170133-090-xx

metre Proximitor
Module
170133-140-xx

metre Proximitor
Module
170150-070-00
Internal Dual 3300

NSv 7 metre
Proximitor Module
170172-050-xx

metre Proximitor
Module
170172-090-xx

metre Proximitor
Module
170180-01-xx
Dual
Proximitor/Accelero
meter I/O Module
Dual -18 Volt
Proximitor I/O
Module
170180-05-xx
Application Alert
Since 1701 monitors cannot detect what type of transducer I/O or internal
transducer is installed, check that the installed hardware matches your
programmed configuration.
You can use the 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor with the transducer
I/Os listed below:
Monitor
1701/25
Seismic Input
Monitor
I/O Module
170180-01-xx
170180-02-xx
170180-03-xx
1-16
Description
Dual
Proximitor/Acceleromet
er I/O Module
Dual Velomitor I/O

Module
Application
Use to interface to any 24 volt Bently
Nevada Acceleration Transducer Systems
on both channels
Use to interface channels A and B to 2
wire Velocity transducers that require a 10
k input impedance
Use to interface channels A and B to
Bently Nevada Velomitor Sensors.

Monitor
I/O Module
170180-04-xx
Description
Velomitor A & Velocity
B I/O Module
Application
Use to interface to a Velomitor Sensor
on Channel A and a two-wire, 10 k load
Velocity transducer on Channel B.
The 170190 Dual Galvanic Isolator can be used with both seismic and
proximity based monitoring applications and can be used with either
transducer I/O modules or internal Proximitor modules.
You can use the 170190 isolator with the transducer I/O modules and
internal Proximitor modules shown below
Caution
Transducers used with the isolator must be approved for use in the
hazardous area. Failure to use approved transducers could result in
explosion.
Check the 1701/06 Installation Drawing for a list of approved transducers.
Isolator
170190-01
Dual Galvanic
Isolator
I/O or internal
transducer
module
part number
170180-01-05
170180-02-05
170180-03-05
170180-04-05
I/O module or internal

transducer module
description
Application
Dual
Proximitor/Acceleromet
er I/O Module
Use to interface to any 24 volt Bently

Nevada Acceleration Transducer Systems
on both channels
Use to interface channels A and B to 2
wire Velocity transducers that require a 10
k input impedance
Use to interface channels A and B to
Bently Nevada Velomitor Sensors.
Use to interface to a Velomitor Sensor
on Channel A and a two-wire, 10 k load
Velocity transducer on Channel B.
radial vibration, axial position, or
Keyphasor signals where the distance
between the terminal base and the probe
is 5 metres or less and the 5 m system is
good for both channels.
Keyphasor signals where the distance
Keyphasor signal where the distance
is 14 metres or less and the 14 m system
is good for both channels. Performance of
extended length systems is more sensitive
to temperature extremes. If your
application will expose the probe and
cable to temperature extremes, then
contact your Bently Nevada
representative.
Dual Velomitor I/O

Module
Velomitor A & Velocity B
I/O Module
170133-05005

metre Proximitor
Module
170133-09005

metre Proximitor
Module
170133-14005

metre Proximitor
Module
170172-05005

metre Proximitor
Module
1-17

Isolator
I/O or internal
transducer
module
part number
170172-09005
Basics of Flexbus
Communication
I/O module or internal

transducer module
description
Application

metre Proximitor
Module

Flexbus is a master/slave serial bus where the adapter is the

master and modules are slaves. The adapter addresses, or
selects, each module by activating a hardware select line that is
unique to that module. Each monitor is addressable by the
adapter which means there are four addressable slots, 2, 3, 4,
and 5, and that four Flex module select lines are pre-allocated
for use by the FieldMonitor system even if no modules are
installed.
The Slot Offset Switch located in the power supply slot on the
terminal base is used to re-map the Flex select lines. This switch
should be set to the off position.
1-18
Chapter 2
Chapter
Receiving and Handling
Instructions
1701 modules, proximity probes, and extension cables are shipped
separately. These parts must be unpacked and assembled or
interconnected at the installation site.
Visually inspect each module for shipping damage when it is
unpacked. If shipping damage is apparent, file a claim with the carrier
and submit a copy to Bently Nevada Corporation. Include part
numbers and serial numbers on all correspondence.
Store the equipment in areas that will not be exposed to potentially
damaging corrosive atmosphere or high temperature. See the
specifications in Appendix E.
Application
Alert:
Although the 1701
module connectors
and terminals have
protection against
electrostatic
discharge, take
reasonable
precautions to avoid
ESD when handling
the modules
Handling and storing printed circuit boards is extremely critical.

Circuit boards contain devices that are susceptible to damage when
exposed to electrostatic discharge. Take these precautions:
Do not discharge static electricity into the module connectors or onto
circuit boards
Transport and store circuit boards in electrically conductive bags or
foil
Use extra caution during dry weather. Relative humidity less than
30% will increase the level of risk to electrostatic discharge.
2-2
Chapter 3
Chapter
Installation
In this chapter, we first discuss how to select and design the
enclosure for the FieldMonitor system as follows:
European Union Directive Compliance
Enclosure design considerations
Hazardous area installation guidelines
CE installations
We then tell how to install the FieldMonitor system:
European Union
Directive
Compliance
mounting the terminal base
setting the slot offset switch
connecting the Flex modules
installing the power supply
installing 1701 modules
wiring
Considerations when using external safety barriers
The FieldMonitor system has the CE mark and is approved for

installation within the European Union and EEA regions and
has been designed and tested to meet the following directives.
EMC Directive
This product is tested to meet Council Directive 89/336/EEC
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) and the following standards, in
whole or in part, documented in a technical construction file:
EN 50081-2EMC - Generic Emission Standard, Part 2 - Industrial

Environment
EN 50082-2EMC - Generic Immunity Standard, Part 2 Industrial Environment
This product is intended for use in an industrial environment
Low Voltage Directive

This product meets Council Directive 73/23/EEC Low Voltage when
the 24 Vdc power source to the 1701/10 power supply is approved to
the Low Voltage Directive.
Enclosure Design
Considerations
This section shows how to verify that the FieldMonitor system

will remain within its operating temperature when it is installed
inside an enclosure and provides guidelines to protect against
fluid ingression into the enclosure.
FieldMonitor Power Dissipation

Calculate the total power dissipated by a FieldMonitor system by
using these formulas:
Terminal Base Type
Formula
1701/05 Terminal Base
P170105 = [5.5 + 2.1 n] watts
P170106 = [5.5 + 2.1 n + 4.2 m] watts
Where n is the number of monitor modules and m is the number

of isolator modules.
The initial dissipation of the power supply is 5.5 watts, dissipation of
a monitor is 2.1 watts, and dissipation of an isolator is 4.2 watts. The
internal Proximitor modules and I/O modules have very little effect
on total power dissipation and are not used in the power calculation.
Application Alert:
This section is only a
guideline. Because an infinite
number of enclosure sizes,
shapes, materials, and
installations can be used with
the FieldMonitor system, you
must ensure that the system is
not exposed to temperatures
above or below its rating.
Calculating the Temperature Rise in a Weather Proof

Housing
The thermal rise from the inside of a weather proof housing to the
outside of the housing, TWPH, is affected by a number of variables.
The primary factors that effect TWPH are the size of the enclosure,
the power dissipated in the enclosure, the enclosure material, and
exposure to direct sunlight.
To calculate temperature rise in a weather proof housing (
TWPH ):
1. Determine the total power dissipated inside the enclosure PWPH.
The total power dissipation of the FieldMonitor system can be
calculated using equations from the previous subsection on
FieldMonitor Power Dissipation.
For example,
PWPH = P1701 + Power Dissipation of other equipment inside the same enclosure.
2. Calculate the surface area of the enclosure in square feet AWPH.
Include the area of all six sides.
Note: If the enclosure is mounted against a surface that does not
allow heat dissipation, subtract the area of that side from the total
surface area.
3-2
Chapter 3 Installation
Application Alert:
TWPH is an estimate of the
average temperature inside
the enclosure. If no air
circulates inside the enclosure,
there will be a large
temperature gradient between
the bottom and the top of the
enclosure.
3. Calculate temperature difference between outside and inside of

enclosure as shown in the example below. You will need to
determine the temperature co-efficient for your particular
housing. :
Empirical testing has shown that for a specific steel housing the
temperature rise is a factor of approximately 2.5 C per watt per
square foot. Using this information TWPH can be estimated with
the following expression.
TWPH
2.5 x PWPH
AWPH
where:
Application Alert:
Direct sunlight will greatly
increase the temperature
inside the enclosure.
TWPH = Temperature difference

between outside and inside of
enclosure in C.
PWPH = Total power dissipated
within enclosure, in watts.
AWPH = Total area of all 6 sides of
enclosure, in square feet.
Enclosure Oil Wicking and Humidity Considerations

If proximity probes and their extension cable are located in
lubrication oil lines, then it is possible for oil to wick, or travel,
along the cable and eventually reach the Proximitor Sensor. Oil
contamination of the FieldMonitor system will reduce reliablility.
Eliminate or reduce oil wicking by using Bently Nevada Corporation
FluidLoc probe cables, putting drip loops in cables, or installing the
FieldMonitor above the probe installation points.
The FieldMonitor system and Flex I/O network adapters are rated for
non-condensing humidity. Type 4 or IP64 enclosures should be used
if the area will be exposed to moisture. In high ambient humidity
environments where condensation can occur inside enclosures you
should take appropriate design precautions, such as using a purged
housing.
Hazardous Area
Installations
Application Alert:
The FieldMonitor system is not
designed to operate in a Zone
1/Div. 1 hazardous area.
If you install the 1701 Monitoring System in a hazardous area,

you must label the system and determine if a housing is
required.
FieldMonitor systems that operate in hazardous areas must be marked
with a label that identifies the hazardous area, for example Div. 2 or
Zone 2.
Install the 1701/05 Terminal Base using control drawing 139255 and
the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base using control drawing 141265
3-3
Div. 2 Installations
As a minimum, a Type 4 enclosure is required to house a
FieldMonitor system that is installed in a Div. 2 area if the area has
the potential of being dirty or wet, such as outdoors or where hosedown cleaning occurs.
If the equipment is installed inside a building that meets the
requirements of a Type 4 enclosure, no separate enclosure is required
because the building itself acts as the enclosure.
Zone 2 Installations
Application Alert:
Enclosures that house the
FieldMonitor systems cannot
be opened or worked on if
installed in a hazardous area
unless appropriate procedures
are followed.
CE Installations
3-4
As a minimum, an IP54 enclosure is required to house a FieldMonitor

system that is installed in a Zone 2 area.
If the equipment is installed inside a building that meets the
requirements of an IP54 enclosure, no separate enclosure is required
because the building itself acts as the enclosure.
A 1701 terminal base with modules installed must be mounted

inside an Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) shielded area.
For high electromagnetic noise environments or CE
installation, the FieldMonitor system, EMI shielding enclosure,
and cables must be properly grounded to provide a ground path
for electromagnetic energy (see figures below). The shielding
enclosure must be metal and should have an EMI gasket.
Typical Installation-1
(1701/05 Terminal Base using internal Proximitor
modules is shown.
Installation for a 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base is the same)
EMI Shielding Enclosure
Probe extension
cables in EMI
conduit
EMI Shielded Area
Field wiring
cables must be
in EMI conduit
Typical Installation-2
(1701/05 Terminal Base using external transducers is shown. Installation for a
1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base is the same)
EMI Shielding
Enclosure
Field wiring
cables must be
in EMI conduit
Proximitor Sensor
or External
Transducer Interface
EMI Shielded Area
EMI Shielded Area
EMI Shielding
Enclosure
Field wiring
cables must be in
EMI conduit
3-5
Wiring
Install all wiring exiting the EMI shielding enclosure in EMI conduit
and terminate cable shields to the terminal base only.
Additional Notes
Larger scale factors are less susceptible to EMI than smaller scale
factors.
Larger full-scales are less susceptible to EMI than smaller full-scales.
Monitors with narrow bandwidth filter configurations are less
susceptible to EMI than monitors configured with wide bandwidth.
Shorter Alarm delay times may increase monitor susceptibility to
transient EMI.
Environments with higher levels of EMI than tested may cause
unpredictable monitor readings and may cause system malfunction.
3-6
Mounting the
Terminal Base
Install the terminal base before inserting the modules.
Mounting the 1701/05 Terminal Base

1. Choose your location to mount the terminal base, using the
following diagram as a guideline for mounting dimensions.
Mounting hole to
secure AllenBradley
interconnect cable.
#6 machine screw
Terminal base mounting

holes (4 places), #8 machine
screws
3-7
2. To mount the 1701/05 TB drill and tap for the four #8 machine
screws. If using an Allen-Bradley interconnect cable between the
terminal base and other Flex modules, drill and tap for the #6
machine screw. See Connecting the Flex Modules in this chapter
for more on the interconnect cable.
#8 machine
screws
(4 places)
Mounting hole for #6

machine screw if using
A-B interconnect cable
3. Insert 4 # 8 machine screws into the terminal base mounting holes

and tighten screws to secure terminal base to surface where it is
being mounted. Typical mounting locations would be
3-8
on a wall inside a building
inside some type of enclosure. For Zone 2 or Div. 2 installations,

see the previous section on hazardous area installation
requirements.
Mounting the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base

1. Choose the mounting location. Use the drawing below as a
guideline for mounting dimensions.
Terminal base
mounting holes,
(6 places)
Mounting
hole to secure
Allen-Bradley
interconnect
cable, #6
machine
screw
3-9
2. Drill and tap for the six #10 machine screws. If you are using the
Allen-Bradley interconnect cable between the terminal base and
Flex modules, drill and tap for the #6 machine screw used to
fasten the interconnect cable.
3. Insert the screws and tighten.
Setting the Slot

Offset Switch
The slot offset switch on the terminal base must be set in the
OFF position.
1. Locate the slot offset switch on the terminal base under the area
where the Power Supply will be inserted.
Slot Offset Switch

3-10
2. Verify the switch is set to the OFF position. If it is not then set it
to the OFF position.
(OFF)
Connecting the Flex

Modules
Follow the steps below to ensure that the Flex modules, such as
Flex I/O or Flex adapters, are properly connected to the 1701
terminal base. Use these rules:
Refer to the appropriate product manuals to answer any

question about installing Flex modules and operating the
Flex system, the network, or the host controller.
Other Flex I/O modules that are not 1701 modules must be
installed between the Flex adapter and the 1701 terminal
base.
The number of other Flex I/O modules that can be

connected with 1701 modules to an adapter is
8 - (the number of 1701 modules).
For example if you plan to connect four 1701 modules to an
adapter, you can install 4 other Flex I/O modules on the
same adapter.
Direct Connection between a Flex module and 1701

Terminal Base
1. Remove the cover plug (if used) on the male connector of the
Flex module that is to connect to the 1701 terminal base.
2. Check that the 16 pins in the male connector of the Flex module
are straight and in line so that the female connector on the 1701
terminal base will mate correctly.
3. Pull and hold the connector tab on the female Flexbus connector
on the 1701 TB (ITB) so that it is full retracted into the base.
3-11
Connector tab
Female Flexbus
connector
Hook
If the terminal base is mounting over a DIN rail, perform steps 47, otherwise skip steps 4-7.
4. Hook the rear side of the Flex module over the DIN rail while
engaging the hook on the 1701 base into the receptacle located
Hook
on the module.
5. Pull back on the Flex modules DIN clip and rotate the Flex
module down onto the DIN rail. Use caution to make sure that
the female Flexbus connector does not strike any of the pins in
the mating male connector.
3-12
DIN clip
6. Secure the Flex module onto the DIN rail and snap the Flex
modules DIN clip into place. (The Flex module should now be
flush against the terminal base and secure on the rail.)
7. Verify alignment of the Flex module with the female Flex
connector on the terminal base.Gently push the female Flexbus
connector into the adjacent adapter male connector using the
connector tab to complete the Flexbus connections.
Interconnect Cable Connection between a Flex

Module and 1701 Terminal Base
1. Remove the cover plug (if used) in the male connector of the Flex
module that is to connect to the 1701 terminal base.
2. Check that the 16 pins in the male connector of the Flex module
are straight and in line so that the female connector on the
interconnect cable will mate correctly.
3. Gently push the female Flexbus connector on the interconnect
cable labeled OUTPUT into the Flex module male connector.
3-13
4. Gently push the female Flexbus connector on the other end of the
interconnect cable labeled INPUT into the male Flexbus
connector labeled FLEX on the 1701 terminal base.
Flex adapter
Male Flexbus
connector
A-B
interconnect
cable
#6 machine screw to
secure interconnect cable
5. Insert #6 screws into the mounting holes on the interconnect
cable. Tighten screws to secure cable to the surface where it is
being mounted.
3-14
Installing the Power

Supply
Before you install the power supply, set the slot offset switch
off and attach the Flex modules.
1. Verify connector alignment and insert power supply into 1701

terminal base.
2. Tighten screws. (Inserting the power supply locks the Flexbus

connectors together. Make sure the connector tab is pushed into
the adapters connector.)
3-15
Installing 1701
Modules
Although different types of 1701 modules install in the terminal

base, the installation method is similar for each type
Use these rules:
If you are using a 1701/05 TB then install monitors and

transducer I/Os or internal Proximitor modules in pairs. Pairs
install in adjacent slots with the same slot number, for example 2
and T2. For a list of which I/Os and internal transducers work
with which monitors see About Monitors, Transducer I/O
Modules, Isolators and Internal Proximitor Modules in Chapter
1.
If you are using a 1701/06 ITB then install monitors,transducer

I/Os or internal Proximitor modules, and isolators in a set. Sets
install in slots with the same number, for example a monitor in
slot 2, its i/o or internal Proximitor module in slot T2, and the
isolator in slot I2. For a list of which I/Os and internal
Proximitors work with the isolator see About Monitors,
Transducer I/O Modules, Isolators and Internal Proximitor
Modules in Chapter 1.
Install a transducer I/O module or internal Proximitor module in

slot T1K to use as a Keyphasor.
Slot 1K is reserved. Do not install a monitor in this slot.
Install monitors so that empty slots are contiguous and at the

opposite end from the power supply. For example if three
monitors are installed, they should be in slots 2, 3, and 4.
Monitors, transducer I/O modules, internal Proximitor modules,

and isolators are dual channel devices.
Use this table to determine where to install the modules.
Module Type
Monitors
Transducer I/O modules
Internal dual Proximitor modules
Internal Isolators (1701/06 ITB required)
Keyphasor (transducer I/O module or
internal Proximitor module)
FieldMonitor Management Interface
Module
Internal Isolator for the Keyphasor
(1701/06 ITB required)
3-16
Install in slots
2, 3, 4, 5
T2, T3, T4, T5
T2, T3, T4, T5
I2, I3, I4, I5
T1K
1K
I1
Installing Modules
Application Alert:
Since 1701 monitors cannot
detect what type of transducer
I/O or internal transducer is
installed, be sure that the
installed hardware matches
your programmed
configuration.
To install a 1701 module onto the terminal base:

1. If you are using a 1701/05 Terminal Base remove the temporary
retaining screws from slot 3.
2. Remove the protective cover if installed.
Temporary
retaining screws
3. Align the connector and the captive screws and then insert the
module into the base.
1701/05 TB
1701/06 ITB
3-17
4. Tighten screws.
Wiring
Field wiring diagrams are in Appendix G and Appendix H. This

section provides orientation and basic information.
External transducer wiring

Connect external transducers such as velocity, acceleration, and
Proximitor Sensors using the screw terminal blocks located on the
1701 terminal base. Each slot has its own terminal block and the slot
number and channel is marked on the base adjacent to the terminal
block.
Terminal wiring
Top view
of terminal
3-18
Terminal assignments for the various I/O modules.

Type of I/O Module
Channel A
3
Terminal Number
|
Channel B
4
5
6
7
170180-01 Dual
Proximitor
/
Accelerometer I/O Module
-24
VDC
Signal
Common
Shield
-24
VDC
Signal
Common
Shield
170180-02 Dual Velocity

I/O Module
Wire B
Wire A
Not Used
Shield
Wire B
Wire A
Not Used
Shield
170180-03 Dual
Velomitor
I/O Module
Wire B
Wire A
Not Used
Shield
Wire B
Wire A
Not Used
Shield
170180-04 Velomitor A &

Velocity B I/O Module
Wire B
Wire A
Not Used
Shield
Wire B
Wire A
Not Used
Shield
-18
VDC
Signal
Common
Shield
-18
VDC
Signal
Common
Shield
170180-05 Dual -18 Volt

Proximitor
I/O Module
Internal Transducer Wiring

Connect internal transducers such as an internal Proximitor module
directly to the appropriate transducer cable. This connection is made
from the connectors on the top of the internal transducer module
labeled channel A and B.
Channel A
Transducer
cable
Channel B
Routing the Proximity Transducer System Extension

Cable and Field Wiring
Route the extension cable using the following guidelines. (Refer to
document AN028).
3-19
Check that the sum of the extension cable and probe lead length
equals the Proximitor Sensor or Module system length. For
example, a 3300 XL NSv 7 metre Proximitor Sensor will work
with a 3300 NSv 6 metre extension cable and a 3300 NSv 1 metre
probe. The color code of all post-3300 series components must also
be consistent. For the 3300 XL series, components will be marked
with a blue color code. For the 3300 NSv series, components will
be marked with a gray color code.
Secure the extension cable to supporting surfaces by using mounting
clips or similar devices.
Identify the probe and both ends of the extension cable by inserting
labels under the clear Teflon sleeves and applying heat to shrink the
tubing.
Join the coax connectors between the Proximitor Sensor or Module,
extension cable and probe lead. Tighten connectors to finger tight.
Use either a connector protector or self-fusing silicone tape to protect
the connection between the probe lead and the extension cable. Do
not use self-fusing silicone tape to insulate a connection made
inside of a machine.
If the probe is in a part of the machine that is under pressure or
vacuum, seal the hole where the extension cable leaves the machine
by using appropriate cable seals and terminal boxes.
Power and earth connections

Connect the instrument earth ground post to instrument earth.
Connect the FieldMonitor system to power using the screw terminal
blocks located on the 1701 terminal base next to the power supply.
The positive terminal connects to +24Vdc, and the negative terminal
connects to common.
Instrument earth
ground post
1701/05
Terminal Base
+24Vdc
power supply
+24Vdc Power
terminals
3-20
The 1701/06 ITB has an additional earth connection. Hazardous area

earth (HAE) must connect to the HAE post as shown in the figure
below. See drawing 141265 in Appendix H.
Safe side instrument
earth
1701/06 ITB
+24 Vdc Power terminals
Hazardous side earth
Dynamic connector wiring

Use the signals from the dynamic connector to connect FieldMonitor
systems to a patch panel which provides access to the buffered signals
from a central location.
1701/06 ITB

1701/05 TB
3-21

Dynamic Connector Pin
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Pin Description
System Common
No Connection (NC)
NC
NC
NC
Monitor 2 Common
Monitor 2 Channel A Buffered Output
NC
NC
Monitor 4 Common
NC
NC
Monitor 2 Channel B Buffered Output
NC
Monitor 3 Common
NC
NC
NC
Monitor 5 Common
The 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base with internal galvanically

isolated safety barriers is recommended for applications that
require locating transducers in Zone 1,0 or Division 1
hazardous areas. However, you can use external safety barriers
with the 1701/05 terminal base system.
External Safety
Barrier
Considerations
If you plan to use external zener barriers, you need to address

the following issues:
The FieldMonitor system does not support zener barriers with

Seismoprobes or 2-wire, 10 k impedance velocity sensors.
If you use zener barriers with external Proximitor Sensors or

Acceleration sensors, you must program your monitors with a
transducer scale factor that compensates for the signal attenuation
caused by the barrier resistance and the monitor input impedance.
Example
The input impedance for the 1701/15 and 1701/25 monitors is 10
k.
The signal path resistance of a MTL 796(-) zener barrier is 435
end to end.
The attenuation caused by the voltage divider is:
3-22
10,000
= 0.958
10,000 + 435
Therefore the transducer scale factor is reduced by 4.2% so the
configured scale factor should be reduced by 4.2%.
When zener barriers are used with the FieldMonitor system using
the 1701/05 TB connect the instrument earth post to intrinsically
safe earth.
3-23
3-24
Chapter 4
Chapter
How Communication Takes Place
In this chapter, you will learn about:
communication over the Flex I/O backplane between the

adapter and Flex I/O modules (such as 1701 monitors)
structure of the I/O data table
One adapter can interface with up to eight Flex I/O modules,

forming a Flex I/O system of up to eight slots (0 to 7). In the
case where there is the maximum of four 1701 monitors in a
1701/05 Terminal Base, there is room for four other Flex I/O
modules, making a total of eight Flex I/O modules that the
adapter can interface with.
Communication
Over the Flex I/O
Backplane
The adapter communicates to other network system

components (controllers, scanners) over the network. The
adapter communicates with its I/O modules over the backplane.
Each 1701 monitor is considered one I/O module to the
controller. Thus, a 1701/05 Terminal Base with 3 monitors
installed would appear to the adapter as 3 I/O modules. In this
case, up to 5 other Flex I/O modules could co-reside with the
FieldMonitor system using the same adapter.
I/O Module
Network to
Controller
Adapter
I/O Module
I/O Module
Inputs
Inputs
Inputs
Status
Status
Status
Outputs
(none in 1701)
Outputs
(none in 1701)
Outputs
(none in 1701)
Configuration
Configuration
Configuration
Read
Write
Slot 0
Slot 1
Slot 7
Each 1701 monitor has its own I/O data table. The I/O data table for
each monitor is divided into read and write words. Read words
consist of input and status words that the controller reads from the
1701 monitor. Write words consist of output (none in 1701), and
configuration words written to the 1701 monitor by the controller.
All of the 1701 modules with data tables (1701/15 and 1701/25
monitors) have 6 read words (1 module status word + 5 input words)
and 10 write words.
I/O Structure
The I/O data table is the memory map of all the data that can be
read from or written to a particular monitor of the FieldMonitor
system. The table below gives an overview of the I/O data
table structure.
Refer to Appendix A, B, C, or D, for the I/O Data Table mapping of
specific monitor types. Chapter 7, Configuration Options and I/O
Data Tables, describes the configuration options and the fields in the
data tables.
1701 Monitor I/O Data Table Structure
Word
Word 0
Word 1
Word 2
Word 3
Word 4
Word 5
Word 6
Word 7
Word 8
Word 9
Word 10
Word 11
Word 12
Word 13
Word 14
Word 15
Communication
Direction
Data Type
Module Status
Inputs
Read
Status
Write
Configuration
Each slot with a monitor installed has its own unique I/O data table,
structured as shown above. However, the way that communication
takes place between the I/O modules and the adapter is by grouping
all the inputs and outputs for all the I/O modules attached to a single
adapter.
The first word of input data received by the adapter is the Module
Status Word. The next input data received is the input data for each
slot, in the order of the installed I/O modules. The Input data for Slot
0 is first after the Module Status Word, followed by Input data for
Slot 1 (referenced by a different I/O data table), and so on up to slot 7.
Output data (not applicable for 1701) and configuration data from the
I/O modules is received by the adapter in the order of the installed I/O
modules. For example, data from slot 0 is received first, then data
from slot 1 (referenced by a different I/O data table), and so on up to
slot 7.
4-2
Chapter 5
Chapter
Programming the Module when using a Remote I/O
Adapter
In this chapter, for the remote I/O adapter, we describe:
Programming a
Monitor with Ladder
Logic
how to program a 1701 monitor
how configuration is sent to the monitor
Block transfer programming lets you set up the communication

between the controller and the monitor so that the controller can
write configuration to the monitor and read data and status from
the monitor.
A configuration Block Transfer Write (BTW) is initiated whenever
power is cycled on the entire remote chassis containing the
FieldMonitor system, during the first scan of the ladder logic, and
when the programmer wants to enable or disable features of the
monitor by changing the configuration data and toggling the Block
Transfer Write configure bit. The configuration BTW sets the bits
which enable the programmable features of the monitor, such as
alarming options, full scale ranges, etc.
Block Transfer Reads are performed to retrieve information from the
monitor. Block Transfer Read (BTR) programming moves status and
data from the monitor to the controllers data table. The program in
the controller initiates the request to transfer data from the monitor to
the processor. The transferred words contain monitor vibration data
and status information.
Example ladder logic program to write configuration

to and read data and status from a 1701 Monitor
Note that the ladder logic above is for one monitor module only.
Similar ladder logic must be written for each monitor being used in
your FieldMonitor systems.
Also note that the above ladder logic is for illustrative purposes only
and should not be copied exactly, as every application is slightly
different.
How Configuration
is Sent to the
Monitor
5-2
The monitor is configured using a group of data table words

that are transferred to the monitor using a block transfer write
instruction. See Chapter 7, Monitor Configuration and I/O
Data Tables and Appendix A, B, C, and D, I/O Data Tables.
Chapter 6
Chapter
Programming the Module when
using a ControlNet Adapter
In this chapter, for the ControlNet Adapter, we describe:
how to program the monitor using RSLogix5 and RSNetworx for ControlNet Software
how configuration is sent to the monitor
Programming the
monitor using
RSNetworx and
RSLogix5 Software
RSNetworx Software lets you set up the network communication

between the control device and the monitor so that the control device
can write configuration to the monitor and read data and status from
the monitor. The RSNetworx Map Editing Tool allows designation of
the data table addresses that will be used to store the configuration
data and receive the vibration data and status information.
RSLogix5 lets you enter configuration data values into the data table
addresses associated with the monitors, view vibration data and status
information from the monitors and manipulate data based on ladder
logic conditions.
The ControlNet protocol handles configuration writes and data / status
reads in the scheduled network bandwidth. For more information on
the ControlNet system and how it handles communication, refer to the
user manuals for the most current releases of the RSNetworx and
RSLogix5 software.
How Configuration is
Sent to the Monitor
A 1701 monitor is configured using a group of data table words

that can be transferred to the monitor using RSNetworx for
ControlNet software and the ControlNet protocol. The
configuration is sent to the monitors whenever power is cycled
on the entire remote chassis containing the FieldMonitor
system. The configuration can also be sent using other
methods. See the RSNetworx and/or ControlNet protocol
documentation for more information. See also Chapter 7,
Monitor Configuration and I/O Data Tables and Appendix A,
B, C, and D, I/O Data Tables for more information on the
FieldMonitor system.
FieldMonitor User Guide
6-2
Chapter 7
Chapter
Configuration Options and I/O Data Tables
The I/O data table is the memory map of data that can be read from or
written to the modules in a FieldMonitor system. This chapter
describes this data and appendix A, B, C, and D list the location and
settings of the individual bits in each word. The data descriptions in
this chapter are listed by monitor type.
Monitor type
1701/15 Radial Vibration
1701/15 Thrust Position
1701/25 Velocity Input
1701/25 Acceleration Input
Configuration Option
Descriptions
Page number
7-2
7-11
7-19
7-27
Bit settings
Page Number
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix C
Appendix D
Data Table Structure

Word
Word 0
Word 1
Word 2
Word 3
Word 4
Word 5
Word 6
Word 7
Word 8
Word 9
Word 10
Word 11
Word 12
Word 13
Word 14
Word 15
Communication
Direction
Data Type
Module Status
Inputs
Read
Status
Write
Configuration
Control write word
The read portion of the table (words 1 to 5) contains the static and
status data available from the 1701 modules. The write portion of the
table (words 6 to 15) contains configuration and operating
information used by 1701 modules.
Configuring and Programming a FieldMonitor System

1701 monitors do not detect the kind of transducer I/O modules
installed in the system or the type of transducers connected to the I/O
modules. The FieldMonitor system cannot operate until this
information and the operating parameters for the monitors are
downloaded to the system. The process of collecting and then
downloading this data to the FieldMonitor system is called
configuration. The process of changing operating parameters during
operation is called programming the monitors.
To configure or program a FieldMonitor system, use this chapter to

determine the configuration settings for the monitors in your system,
and then configure or program your system by using configuration
software or block transfers.
If you have FieldMonitor Configuration Software for RSLogix5
installed on your contoller, use this software to configure or program
your FieldMonitor system (see chapter 6). If you do not have
programming software installed on your controller, use appendix A,
B, C, or D to identify the bit settings in the write words (word 6
through 15) in the data table and then load the correct bits for your
desired configuration by using block transfers (see chapter 5).
Radial Vibration
Type 1701/15
Proximitor
Input
Monitor
Program the 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor as a Radial

Vibration Monitor or a Thrust Position Monitor using the Monitor
Type configuration field in the data table. This section describes the
configuration options for Radial Vibration. See Appendix A for the
data table structure and bit field codes.
The two channels in a radial vibration monitor provide the following
data:
Static Data
Direct (overall) proportional values
Gap voltage
Status Data
Monitor status
Timed OK Channel Defeat setting
Channel ON/OFF
Alert alarm status
Danger alarm status
Trip Multiply status
Channel inhibit status
Channels in a radial vibration monitor use the following configuration

parameters:
Transducer
Configuration
Transducer type
Transducer Scale factor
Full scale range
7-2
Alarm Settings
Operating parameters
Alert alarm time delay

Danger alarm time
delay
Under and over alert
gap setpoint
Direct Alert setpoint
Direct Danger setpoint
Monitor reset
Barrier type
Set configuration
Monitor type
Channel ON/OFF
Trip Multiply Level
Setting
Trip Multiply enable and
disable
Channel inhibit
High-pass and low pass
corner frequencies
Radial Vibration Monitor Type
Caution
Not all combinations of
parameters are compatible
with one another. Before
setting any of the following
configuration parameters,
refer to the compatibility
tables in Appendix A
Chapter 7 The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System
Option Incompatibilities
Compatibility Table
Description
Transducer Type vs.

Scale Factor
Shows allowable scale

factors for different
transducer types.
Shows allowable full scale
ranges and trip multiply
options for different
transducer types and barriers.
Shows what transducers are
allowed with what barrier
options based on whether
any OK limits are shown.
Transducer Type vs. Full

Scale Range vs. Trip
Multiply for Barrier
Options
Radial Vibration
Transducer OK Limits
vs.Transducer Type vs.
Barrier Options
Page
Number
A-5
A-11
A-14
7-3
Direct Proportional Values

Location
Application
Functional Description
Words 1 and 3
Direct proportional values for channel A or B are the overall peak to peak
vibration signal proportionally scaled to the full scale reading.
The direct proportional value for channel A or B is an unsigned number
placed in a 16-bit word where 1000 counts (0x3E8) is 100% of full scale,
2000 counts (0x7D0) is 200% of full scale, and 3000 counts (0xBB8) is
300% of full scale.
Engineering
Units
Direct value
Counts
Full Scale
1000 counts
Bottom Scale
0 counts
Percentage of full scale
(0.1)(Counts)
Engineering units
((Percentage of full scale)/100) x (Full

scale range maximum value)
Example 1:
Calculate the percentage of full scale and the engineering units for a direct
proportional value output of 1000 counts (0x3E8) configured for a full scale
range of 0 - 5 mils.
% of full scale = (0.1)(1000)
= 100 % of full scale
Engineering units = (100/100)x(5 mils)
= 5 mils
Example 2:
proportional value output of 500 counts (0x1F4)
configured for a full scale range of 0 to 150 m
% of full scale = (0.1)(500)
= 50% of full scale
Engineering units = (50/100)x(150 m)
= 75m
Example 3:
proportional value output of 2500 (0x9C4), configured for a full scale range
of 0 to 10 mils.
% of full scale = (0.1)(2500)
= 250% of full scale
7-4

= 25 mils
Gap Proportional Values

Location
Application
Words 2 and 4
Gap is the proportionally scaled dc voltage value. It is the negative dc
output signal of a proximity probe that is proportional to the distance
between the face of the probe tip and the observed surface.
The gap voltage value for channel A or B is a signed integer placed in a 16bit word, between 0 and -24,000 (0xA240) proportionally scaled to the 0 to 24 volts gap range.
Engineering
Units
-24 Volts
0 Volts
Gap value
Counts
-24,000 counts
0 counts
To convert counts to Volts:

Gap Voltage = Counts/1000
Example 1:
Gap voltage for a reading of -9000 counts (0xDCD8).
Gap Voltage = (-9000)/1000
= -9 Volts
7-5
Monitor Status
Location
Application
Word 5, bits 15 to 12
Determine status conditions for the monitor and individual channels.
During normal operation, the controller must check these bits during every
read. If the status bits are all true (1), then the monitor is configured, the
channels are OK, and the monitor is processing alarms. In this case no
further check is needed. If any bit is false (0), then decode and take
appropriate action.
The following diagnostic conditions are returned by the monitor:
Monitor Statuses
Unconfigured, (NO ALARMING)
Ch A is OK and Ch B is NOT OK
Ch A is NOT OK and Ch B is OK
Ch A and Ch B are NOT OK
Config fault on Ch A and Ch B is OK
Config Fault on Ch A and Ch B is NOT OK
Ch A is OK and Config fault on Ch B
Ch A is NOT OK and Config fault on Ch B
Config fault on Ch A and Config fault on Ch B
Hardware fault (NO ALARMING)
Module OK, Config OK, Ch A and B OK,
Timed OK Channel Defeat

Location
Application
Read Status
= Word 5, bits 11 and 10
Holds a channel in the not OK state for a fixed time after the channel
transitions from not OK to OK. This function can provide protection against
false alarms caused by intermittent field wiring.
For 1701/15 Radial Vibration monitors, Timed OK Channel Defeat is always
enabled.
When a channel returns to the OK state from a not OK state, the monitor will
continue to hold the channel in the not OK state until the channel has been
OK continuously for 30 seconds. During the time delay the channel will
continue to return proportional values but it will not process alarms. The
monitor will not alarm from an initial Not OK state.
If the Read Status bit for Timed OK Channel Defeat is true or enabled, the
Timed OK Channel Defeat function has been enabled in the configuration.
Channel On and Off

Location
Application
Alarms
If a channel is off, no alarms are returned.
Proportional Values
If a channel is off an invalid proportional value of 32,768 is returned

(0x8000).
Monitor Status
If a channel is off,
Channel OFF is returned in the monitor read status word
Channel OK is returned in the read status word
Relation to other
functions
LED
7-6
Read status
Enable or disable = Word 15, bits 9 and 8
Take a channel out of service.
The off channel will not respond to other channel-based controls or

configuration parameters.
A monitor with both channels off will have a steady green LED.
Channel Alarm Status

Location
Word 5
Bit number
7
6
5
4
Application
Channel
A
A
B
B
Alarm type
Alert
Danger
Alert
Danger
An alarm setpoint is the level of vibration that causes the alarm status for the
channel to go active. The Channel Alarm Status bit is true when the alarm
level is exceeded for the Alarm Time Delay.
Radial vibration monitors have two levels of alarm Alert and Danger.
Danger is the more serious alarm level.
During monitor operation if the Direct proportional value is greater than the
setpoint for the period of time selected by the Alarm Time Delay then the
monitor will set the appropriate alarm status bit true in the monitors Read
Status Word 5.
Appendix A shows how to calculate the 8-bit integer for the alarm setpoint
fields in the Channel Setpoints description.
Trip Multiply
Location
Function
read status
enable or
disable
set TM level
Application
Alarms
Word and bit number

Channel A
Channel B
Word 5, bit 3
Word 5, bit 2
Word 15, bit 3
Word 15, bit 2
Word 15, bit 7 & 6
Word 15, bit 5 & 4
Multiplies the alarm setpoint levels on the selected channel by the Trip
Multiply level.
An alarm will clear if an alarm is active prior to enabling Trip Multiply and if
the multiplied setpoint is above the vibration level.
Proportional Values
The channel proportional values will continue to be reported in percent of full

scale with a dynamic range of 300% of the full-scale range and resolution of
0.1% of full-scale range.
Monitor Status
A channel with Trip Multiply active will return active in the monitor status
word.
Relation to other
functions
LED
Channel inhibit and channel on and off can be applied while Trip Multiply is
enabled.
No effect.
Channel Inhibit
Location
Application
Alarms
Read status
Enable or disable
Prevent alarms and clear existing alarms on a channel basis while allowing
continued reporting of proportional values.
Alarms will not be annunciated for a channel with Channel Inhibit active.
Alarms that exist before Channel Inhibit is active are cleared.
If an alarm is active when Channel Inhibit goes inactive, that alarm will be
annunciated after the programmed time delay.
7-7
Proportional Values
Proportional values continue to be reported with Channel Inhibit active.
Monitor Status
A channel with Channel Inhibit active will return active in the monitor read
status word.
Relation to other
functions
LED
For a channel with Channel Inhibit active

a not OK channel will continue to report proportional values
Trip multiply can be enabled
a channel can be turned on or off
Remains green and steady if no other conditions exist.
Transducer Type
Location
Application
Words 6 and 7, bits 15 to 12

It is important to select the transducer type that matches the transducers
connected to each channel. If you use external zener barriers, determine
the effect on the scale factor and configure the correct scale factor.
Transducers that are supported by the 1701/15 Radial Vibration Monitor:
Internal 3300 series 8mm or 5mm
External 3300 series or 3300 XL series 8mm or 5 mm, includes
330800 PROXPAC
External 7200 5/8mm
External 7200 series 11 mm
External -18 Volt 3000 series
External 3300 RAM or External 3300 XL NSv
Internal 3300 NSv
Transducer Scale Factor

Location
Application

The transducer scale factor is used by the monitor to calculate the Direct
proportional value.
Scale factor is set by loading a 12-bit, unsigned, binary integer in the
channels scale factor field in the data table. The adjustment range for
transducer scale factor is 15% around the nominal scale factor. The actual
value loaded in the data table is a positive offset from the minimum scale
factor.
Full Scale Range

Location
Application
7-8

Full scale range is the engineering unit range for the direct proportional
value. Select a full-scale range to fit the expected direct values.
The Radial Vibration Type 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor supports the
following Full-scale ranges:
0 - 3 mils
0 - 5 mils
0 - 10 mils
0 - 15 mils
0 - 20 mils
0 - 100 um
0 - 125 um
0 - 150 um
0 - 200 um
0 - 250 um
0 - 300 um
0 - 400 um
0 - 500 um
See Proportional Values description for scaling example.
Gap Alarm Setpoint (Over and Under Alert)

Location
Application
Words 8 and 9, bits 7 to 0, Word 10

Gap Alarm Setpoints are Alert level setpoints that can be set to flag when
the gap value goes over or under a certain level.
An over or under gap alarm will occur if the gap value goes over the over
setpoint or under the under setpoint. Gap Alarm Setpoints can be set
anywhere within the gap range of 0 to 240 counts proportional to 0 to -24
Volts.
To convert the desired Gap Alarm Setpoint in Volts to Counts use this
equation:
Gap Alarm Counts = |(Gap Alarm Volts)(10counts/Volt)|
Example 1:
Set the gap alert over setpoint to -15 Volts:
Gap alarm counts = |(-15 Volts)(10 counts/Volt)
= 150 (or 0x96)
Example 2:
Set the gap Alert under setpoint to -4 Volts:
Gap alarm counts = |(-4 Volts)(10 counts/Volt)|
= 40 (or 0x28)
See Appendix A for other examples
Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger)

Location
Application
Word 11, and 12

Direct Alarm Setpoints are Alert or Danger level setpoints that can be set to
flag if the direct value goes over the Alert (first-level) Alarm level or Danger
(second-level) Alarm level.
To set alarm setpoints (Alert or Danger), load the setpoint field with an
unsigned binary, 8-bit, integer scaled between 0 and 200 decimal. A setpoint
of 200 corresponds to 100% of full scale and 0 corresponds to bottom scale.
The setpoint resolution will be 0.5% of the full-scale range.
To convert the desired Direct Alarm Setpoint in engineering units to Counts
use this equation:
Direct Alarm Counts =
(Direct Alarm Setpoint in Engineering Units) x
(200 counts/full scale range)
Example 1:
I want a direct Alert over setpoint at 7 mils where the full scale range is 0 to
10 mils. How do I convert this 7 mils to counts so I can configure the
setpoint?
Direct alarm counts = (7 mils)(200 counts/10 mils))
= 140 counts (or 0x8C )
Example 2:
Convert a desired direct Danger over setpoint of 200 m to counts for a full
scale range of 0 to 300 m.
Direct alarm counts = (200 m)(200 counts/300 m)
7-9

= 133 counts
(or 0x85)
See Appendix A for other examples.
High and Low Pass Corner Frequency

Location
Application
Word 13
Set up desired filter corners for direct proportional values.
The combined high pass and low pass filters set up the desired band-pass
filter for the direct proportional values for your specific application. High and
low pass corner frequency options are:
High Pass Corner Freq, Hz
4
1
Low Pass Corner Freq, Hz

4000
600
Alarm Time Delay

Location
Application
Word 14
The alarm time delay prevents intermittent signals on channel A or B that
are not related to machine condition from causing alarm.
The amount of time that the signal for a channel must exceed the alarm
setpoint before the alarm status bit is set to true. Alarm time delay options
are:
0.15 seconds
0.20 seconds
0.30 seconds
0.50 seconds
0.60 seconds
1.00 seconds
2.00 seconds
3.00 seconds
5.00 seconds
6.00 seconds
10.00 seconds
20.00 seconds
Monitor Reset
Location
Application
Word 15, bit 15

Always set low (0).
If this bit is set to 1, the monitor may not operate correctly.
Barrier Configuration
Location
Application
Word 15, bits 14 and 13

Configure the type of safety barrier used with the monitor. If you use
external zener barriers, set the transducer scale factor to compensate for
attenuation due to the barrier.
The setting for safety barrier applies to both channels. Barrier options are:
None
Internal Galvanic Isolator
External Zener Barrier
External Galvanic Isolator
Set Configuration Flag

Location
Application
7-10
Word 15, bit 12

Always set high (1).

If this bit is set to 0, the monitor will not operate.
Monitor Type
Location
Application

Must be set to match the monitor type being used.
Set bits 11 and 10 of word 15 for Radial Vibration Type 1701/15
Channel On/Off, Trip Multiply, and Channel Inhibit are described

above in the read status word 5 descriptions.
Thrust Position
Type 1701/15
Proximitor
Input
Monitor
Program the 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor as a Radial

Vibration Monitor or a Thrust Position Monitor using the Monitor
Type configuration field in the data table. This section describes the
configuration options for Thrust Position. See Appendix B for the
data table structure and bit field codes.
The two channels in a thrust position monitor provide the following
data:
Static data
Direct proportional values
Gap voltage
Status Data
Monitor status
Channel ON/OFF
Alert alarm status
Danger alarm status
Upscale direction setting
Channels in a thrust position monitor use the following configuration

parameters:
Transducer
Configuration
Transducer type
Transducer Scale factor
Full scale range
Application Alert:
configuration parameters, refer
to the compatibility tables in
Appendix B.
Alarm Settings

Danger alarm time
delay
Monitor reset
Barrier type
Set configuration
Monitor type
Channel ON/OFF
Channel inhibit
Upscale thrust direction
Zero Position Voltage
Compatibility Table
Description
Transducer Type vs.

Scale Factor

transducer types.
ranges and zero position
voltages for different
transducer types and barrier
options.

Scale Range vs. Zero
Position Voltage for
Barrier Options
Thrust Position
Transducer OK Limits vs.
Transducer Type vs.
Barrier Options
Page
Number
B-5
B-7
B-13
7-11
Thrust Position Monitor Type

Location
Application
Words 1 and 3
Direct is the distance toward or away from the zero position value and is
proportionally scaled to the full-scale range.
The direct proportional value for channel A or B is a signed number placed
in a 16 bit word where 1000 counts are used across the full scale range. If
the zero position is set at midscale, full scale in the upscale direction is 500
counts (0x01F4), and full scale in the downscale direction is -500 counts
(0xFE0C).
Engineering
Units
Direct value
Counts
Full Up Scale
500 counts
Zero
Position
Full Bottom
Scale
0 counts
-500 counts
Engineering units = ((Counts)/500) x

(Full top/bottom scale engineering units)
Example 1:
Calculate the engineering units for the direct proportional value output of
500 counts (0x1F4) configured for a full scale range of 25 - 0 - 25 mils.
Engineering
Units
25 mils Top Scale
Zero
Position
25 mils
Bottom Scale
Direct value
Counts
500 Counts
0 counts
-500 counts

= 25 mils (upscale because positive)
7-12
Example 2:
Calculate the engineering units for the direct proportional value output of
200 counts (0xFF38) configured for a full-scale range of 0.600 - 0 - 0.600
mm.
Engineering
Units
Direct value
Counts
0.600 mm Top Scale 500 Counts
Zero
Position
0.600 mm
Bottom Scale
0 counts
-500 counts
Engineering units = (-200/500)x(0.600 mm)

= -0.240 mm (downscale because negative)
7-13
Gap Values
Location
Application
Words 2 and 4
Gap is the proportionally scaled DC voltage value. It is the negative dc
output signal of a proximity probe that is proportional to the distance
between the face of the probe tip and the observed surface.
The gap voltage value for channel A or B is a signed integer placed in a 16bit word, between 0 and -24,000 (0xA240) proportionally scaled to the 0 to 24 Volts gap range.
Engineering
Units
-24 Volts
0 Volts
Gap value
Counts
-24,000 counts
0 counts
To convert counts to Volts:

Gap Voltage = Counts/1000
Example 1:
Gap voltage for a reading of -9000 counts (0xDCD8).
Gap Voltage = (-9000)/1000
= -9 Volts
7-14
Monitor Status
Location
Application
Determine status conditions for the monitor and individual channels.
During normal operation, the controller must check these bits during every
read. If the status bits are all true (1), then the monitor is configured, the
channels are OK, and the monitor is processing alarms. In this case no
further check is needed. If any bit is false (0), then decode and take
appropriate action.
Monitor Statuses
Channel On and Off

Location
Application
Alarms
Read status
Proportional Values
If a channel is off invalid proportional values of 32,768 (0x8000) are

returned.
Monitor Status
Relation to other
functions
LED


Location
Word 5
Bit number
7
6
5
4
Application
Channel
A
A
B
B
Alarm type
Alert
Danger
Alert
Danger
The alarm setpoints are used to annunciate excessive axial movement.

When a setpoint is exceeded, the channel alarm status bit will be set.
The Alert and Danger alarms have independent Over and Under setpoints.
During operation, if the direct proportional value exceeds an Over setpoint or
is below the Under setpoint for the alarm time delay, then the monitor will set
the appropriate alarm status bit true in the monitors Read Status Word.
Appendix B shows how to calculate the 8-bit integer for the alarm setpoint
fields.
7-15
Upscale Thrust Direction

Location
Application
Read Status
Enable or disable
Set the meter upscale direction in relation to the proximity probe. This
setting effects the signed thrust position proportional value. A more positive
value is upscale.
Channel Inhibit
Location
Application
Alarms
Read status
Enable or disable
Proportional Values
Monitor Status
status word.
Relation to other
functions

LED
Transducer Type
Location
Application

connected to each channel. If you use external zener barriers, determine
the effect on the scale factor and configure the correct scale factor.
The Thrust Position Type 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor supports the
following transducers:
External 3300 series or 3300 XL series 8mm or 5 mm, includes
330800 PROXPAC
External 7200 5/8mm
External 3300 RAM or External 3300 XL NSv
Internal 3300 NSv

Location
Application
7-16

proportional value.
factor.
Full-scale Range
Location
Application

Full-scale range is the engineering unit range for the direct proportional
The Thrust Type1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor supports the following
full-scale ranges:
10 - 0 - 10 mils
25 - 0 - 25 mils
30 - 0 - 30 mils
40 - 0 - 40 mils
50 - 0 - 50 mils
75 - 0 - 75 mils
0.250 - 0 - 0.250 mm
0.500 - 0 - 0.500 mm
0.600 - 0 - 0.600 mm
0.800 - 0 - 0.800 mm
1.000 - 0 - 1.000 mm
2.000 - 0 - 2.000 mm

Location
Application

The voltage signal from the transducer that corresponds to the midpoint of
the rotor within its axial tolerance. On thrust position displays, this voltage
would be displayed as zero.
The zero position voltage is configured by calculating an offset and loading it
in the thrust I/O data table as a 12-bit, unsigned, binary integer.

Danger)
Location
Application
Words 10, 11, 12, and 13

Direct Alarm Setpoints are over and under Alert and Danger setpoints.
unsigned binary, 8-bit, integer scaled between 0 and 200 decimal. A
setpoint of 200 corresponds to 100% of full scale (top scale) and 0
corresponds to bottom scale. The setpoint resolution will be 0.5% of the fullscale range.
use these equations. The first equation is for number above midscale
(upscale setpoints). The second equation is for numbers below midscale
(downscale setpoints)
Direct Over Alarm Counts =
((Direct Alarm Setpoint in Engineering Units)x
(100 counts/Full up-scale)) + 100
Direct Under Alarm Counts =
-((Direct Alarm Setpoint in Engineering Units)x
(100 counts/Full bottom-scale)) + 100
Example 1:
I want a direct Alert over setpoint at 7 mils upscale, where the full-scale
range is 10 - 0 - 10 mils. How do I convert this 7 mils to counts so it can be
entered into the data table?
7-17

Danger)
Direct Alarm Counts = (
7
10
100) + 100
= 170 counts decimal
(0xAA)
Example 2:
Convert a desired direct Danger under setpoint of 0.400 mm downscale to
counts for a full-scale range of 0.500 mm - 0 - 0.500 mm.
Direct Alarm Counts = (-
0.4
0.5
100) + 100
= 20 counts decimal (0x14)
See Appendix B for other examples.
Alarm Time Delay

Location
Application
Word 14
are:
0.15 Seconds
0.20 seconds
0.30 seconds
0.50 seconds
0.60 seconds
1.00 seconds
2.00 seconds
3.00 seconds
5.00 seconds
6.00 seconds
10.00 seconds
20.00 seconds
Monitor Reset
Location
Application
Word 15, bit 15

Always set low (0).
Location
Application
Word 15, bit 14 and 13

None

Location
Application
7-18
Word 15, bit 12


Monitor Type
Location
Application

Set bits 11 and 10 of word 15 for Thrust Position Type 1701/15 Proximitor
Input Monitor.
Channel On/Off, Upscale Thrust Direction, and Channel Inhibit are

described above in the read status word 5 descriptions.
Velocity Type
1701/25 Seismic
Input Monitor
Program the 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor as a Velocity Monitor or

Acceleration Monitor using the Monitor Type configuration field in
the data table. This section describes the configuration options for
Velocity. See Appendix C for the data table structure and bit field
codes.
The two channels in a 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor, Velocity Type
provide the following data:
Static data
Status data
Monitor status
Channel ON/OFF
Alert alarm status
Danger alarm status
Channels in a Velocity Type 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor use the

following configuration parameters:
Transducer
Configuration
Transducer type
Transducer Scale
factor
Full-scale range
Application Alert:
Appendix C.
Alarm Settings

Danger alarm time delay
Monitor reset
Barrier type
Set configuration
Monitor type
Channel ON/OFF
Trip Multiply Setting
disable
Channel inhibit
High-pass and low-pass
corner frequencies
Compatibility Table
Description
Transducer Type vs.

Scale Factor

transducer types.
Shows high pass (HP) and
low pass (LP) corner
frequency choices based on
the selected trasducer type

Scale Range Type vs.
Filter Corner Frequencies
Page
Number
C-5
C-9
7-19
Velocity Monitor Type

Compatibility Table
Description

Scale Range vs. Trip
Multiply for Barrier
Options
Velocity Transducer OK
Limits vs. Transducer
Type vs. Barrier Options
and full scale range type.

options.
Page
Number
C-12
C-14

Location
Application
Words 3 and 1
Direct proportional values for channel A or B is the peak to peak vibration
signal proportionally scaled to the full-scale reading.
300% of full scale.
Engineering
Units
Direct value
Counts
Full Scale
1000 counts
Bottom Scale
0 counts
Percentage of full scale = (0.1)(Counts)

Engineering units = ((Percentage of full scale)/100) x
(Full scale range maximum value)
Example 1:
proportional value output of 1000 counts (0x3E8) configured for a full-scale
range of 0 - 2 in/s pk
% of full scale = (0.1)(1000)
Engineering units = (100/100)x(2 in/s pk)
= 2 in/s pk
Example 2:
proportional value output of 500 counts (0x1F4) configured for a full-scale
7-20

range of 0 to 10 mm/s pk
% of full scale = (0.1)(500)
= 50% of full scale
Engineering units = (50/100)x(10 mm/s pk)
= 5 mm/s pk
Example 3:
proportional value output of 2500 (0x9C4), configured for a full-scale range
of 0 to 500 m pp, integrated velocity.
% of full scale = (0.1)(2500)
Engineering units = (250/100)x(500 m pp)
=1250 m pp
7-21
Monitor Status
Location
Application
Determine status conditions for the monitor and individual channels. During
normal operation, the controller must check these bits during every read. If
the status bits are all true (1), then the monitor is configured, the channels
are OK, and the monitor is processing alarms. In this case no further check
is needed. If any bit is false (0), then decode and take appropriate action.
Monitor Statuses

Location
Application
Read Status
Enable or disable = Words 8 and 9, bit 9
When Enabled holds a channel in the not OK state for a fixed time after the
channel transitions from not OK to OK and will inhibit alarming from a Not
OK state. This function can provide protection against false alarms caused
by intermittent field wiring. When Disabled the channel can alarm from a Not
OK state and will transition from Not OK to OK with no time delay. This can
provide protection against missed alarms due to sudden impact events that
can cause the sensor output to exceed the OK limits.
When Enabled and a channel returns to the OK state from a not OK state,
the monitor will continue to hold the channel in the not OK state until the
channel has been OK continuously for 30 seconds. During this time the
channel will continue to return proportional values but it will not process
alarms. When Enabled alarming is inhibited from the Not OK state. When
Disabled the monitor will process alarms even if the channel is Not OK and
will return to the OK state at the same time the cause of the Not OK
condition is removed.
Application Alert:
On reciprocating machines
monitored with velocity or
Velomitor sensors a sudden
mechanical impact can over-range
the sensor output. If the monitor is
configured with Timed OK
Channel Defeat enabled and the
over-range signal exceeds the OK
limits the monitor may not
annunciate an alarm. This may
result in a missed alarm and
temporary loss of machine
protection. On Reciprocating
Machines monitored with velocity
or Velomitor sensors disable
Timed OK Channel Defeat.
7-22
Channel On and Off

Location
Application
Alarms
Read status
= Word 5, bit 9 and 8
Enable or disable = Word 15, bit 9 and 8
Proportional Values
If a channel is off invalid proportional values of 32,768 (0x8000) are

returned.
Monitor Status
Relation to other
functions

LED

Location
Word 5
Bit number
7
6
5
4
Application
Channel
A
A
B
B
Alarm type
Alert
Danger
Alert
Danger
Velocity Input monitors have two levels of alarm Alert and Danger.
Danger is the more serious alarm level.
Status Word 5.
Appendix C shows how to calculate the 8-bit integer for the alarm setpoint
fields in the Channel Setpoints description.
Trip Multiply
Location
Function
read status
enable or
disable
set TM level
Application
Alarms
Proportional Values
Word and bit number

Channel A
Channel B
Word 5, bit 3
Word 5, bit 2
Word 15, bit 3
Word 15, bit 2
Word 15, bits 7 & 6
Word 15, bits 5 & 4
Multiply level.
7-23
Trip Multiply
Monitor Status
word.
Relation to other
functions
enabled.
LED
No effect.
Channel Inhibit
Location
Application
Alarms
Read status
Enable or disable
Proportional Values
Monitor Status
status word.
Relation to other
functions
LED

Transducer Type
Location
Application

connected to each channel.
Transducers that are supported by the 1701/25 Velocity Input Monitor:
Velomitor, 100 mV(/in/s) pk, 330500, 330525,
High Temp Velomitor, 145 mV/(in/s) pk, 330750, 330550
CEC 4 -126 or CEC 4 - 131, 145 mV/(in/s) pk
500 mV/in/s pk, 9200, 74712 (or any using 10 k$ load, 500 mV/(in/s) pk,
correct OK limits)

Location
Application
7-24

proportional value.
factor.
Full Scale Range

Location
Application

Full-scale range is the engineering unit range for the direct proportional
The Velocity Input Type, 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor supports the
following full-scale ranges:
0 - 0.5 in/s pk
0 - 1.0 in/s pk
0 - 2.0 in/s pk
0 - 3.0 in/s pk
0 - 10 mm/s pk
0 - 20 mm/s pk
0 - 50 mm/s pk
0 - 75 mm/s pk
0 - 5 mils pp, integrated velocity
0 - 100 m pp, integrated velocity
0 - 0.5 in/s rms
0 - 1.0 in/s rms
0 - 2.0 in/s rms
0 - 3.0 in/s rms
0 - 10 mm/s rms
0 - 20 mm/s rms
0 - 40 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s rms
0 - 75 mm/s rms
Timed OK channel Defeat On/Off is described above in the read

status word 5 descriptions.

Location
Application
Words 11 and 12
use this equation:
(Direct Alarm Engineering Units)(200 counts/full scale range)
Example 1:
I want a direct Alert over setpoint at 1 in/s pk where the full-scale range is 0
to 2 in/s pk. How do I convert this 1 in/s pk to counts so I can configure the
setpoint?
Direct alarm counts = (1 in/s pk)(200 counts/2 in/s pk))
= 100 counts (or 0x64)
Example 2:
Convert a desired direct Danger over setpoint of 75 m pp, integrated
velocity, to counts for a full-scale range of 0 to 100 m pp.
Direct alarm counts = (75 m pp)(200 counts/100 m pp)
7-25

= 150 counts (or 0x96)
See Appendix C for other examples.

Location
Application
Word 13, bits 7 to 4 and bits 15 to 12

The combined high-pass and low-pass filters set up the desired band-pass
filter for the direct proportional values for your specific application. The
minimum high-pass corner frequency is 3 Hz or 10 Hz, depending on
transducer type and full-scale range type. The maximum low-pass corner
frequency is 4,000 Hz. High- and low-pass corner frequencies are
adjustable options, and allowable frequency ranges vary with transducer
type and full-scale range type.
Refer to compatibility tables in Appendix C for specific filter corners
allowable for your transducer type and full-scale range type.
Alarm Time Delay

Location
Application
Word 14
are:
0.15 seconds
0.20 seconds
0.30 seconds
0.50 seconds
0.60 seconds
1.00 seconds
2.00 seconds
3.00 seconds
5.00 seconds
6.00 seconds
10.00 seconds
20.00 seconds
Monitor Reset
Location
Application
Word 15, bit 15

Always set low (0).
Location
Application

None

Location
Application
7-26
Word 15, bit 12


Monitor Type
Location
Application

Set bits 11 and 10 of word 15 for Velocity Type 1701/25 Seismic Input
Monitor.

Acceleration Type
1701/25 Seismic
Input Monitor
Acceleration monitors measure the vibration of a machine case in

acceleration units.
Program the 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor as a Velocity Monitor or
Acceleration Monitor using the Monitor Type configuration field in
the data table. This section describes the configuration options for
Acceleration. See Appendix D for the data table structure and bit
field codes.
The two channels in a 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor, Acceleration
type provide the following data:
Static data
Status Data
Monitor status
Channel ON/OFF
Alert alarm status
Danger alarm status
Channels in an acceleration monitor use the following configuration

parameters:
Transducer
Configuration
Transducer type
Transducer Scale
factor
Full scale range
Application Alert:
Appendix D.
Alarm Settings

Danger alarm time delay
Monitor reset
Barrier type
Set configuration
Monitor type
Channel ON/OFF
Trip Multiply Setting
disable
Channel inhibit
High-pass and low pass
corner frequencies
Compatibility Table
Description
Transducer Type vs.

Scale Factor

transducer types.
Page
Number
D-5
7-27
Acceleration Monitor Type

Scale Range Type vs. HP
and LP Corner Frequency
Ranges
Acceleration Transducer
Type vs. Full Scale Range
Type vs. Trip Multiply for
Barrier Options
Acceleration Transducer
OK Limits vs. Transducer
Type vs. Barrier Options
7-28
Shows allowable high pass

(HP) and low pass (LP)
choices based on the
selected transducer type and
full scale range type.
options.
D-9
D-12
D-16
Chapter 7 Configuration Options and I/O Data Tables

Location
Application
Words 1 and 3
Direct proportional values for channel A or B is the peak to peak vibration
signal proportionally scaled to the full-scale reading.
300% of full scale.
Engineering
Units
Direct value
Counts
Full Scale
1000 counts
Bottom Scale
0 counts
Percentage of full scale = (0.1)(Counts)

Engineering units = ((Percentage of full scale)/100) x
(Full-scale range maximum value)
Example 1:
proportional value output of 1000 counts (0x3E8) configured for a full-scale
range of 0 - 2 gs pk.
% of full scale = (0.1)(1000)
Engineering units = (100/100)x(2 gs pk)
= 2 gs pk
Example 2:
proportional value output of 500 counts (0x1F4)
2
configured for a full scale range of 0 to 100 m/s pk
% of full scale = (0.1)(500)
= 50% of full scale
2
Engineering units = (50/100)x(100 m/s pk)
2
= 50 m/s pk
Example 3:
proportional value output of 2500 (0x9C4), configured for a full-scale range
of 0 to 50 mm/s pk, integrated acceleration.
% of full scale = (0.1)(2500)
7-29

Engineering units = (250/100)x(50 mm/s pk)
=125 mm/s
Monitor Status
Location
Application
Determine status conditions for the monitor and individual channels. During
normal operation, the controller must check these bits during every read. If
the status bits are all true (1), then the monitor is configured, the channels
are OK, and the monitor is processing alarms. In this case no further check
is needed. If any bit is false (0), then decode and take appropriate action.
Monitor Statuses

Location
Application
Read Status
enable or disable = Words 7 and 8, bit 9
When Enabled holds a channel in the not OK state for a fixed time after the
channel transitions from not OK to OK and inhibits alarming from a Not OK
state. This function can provide protection against false alarms caused by
intermittent field wiring. When Disabled the channel can alarm from a Not
OK state. This can provide protection against missed alarms due to sudden
impact events that can cause the sensor output to exceed the OK limits.
When Enabled and a channel returns to the OK state from a not OK state,
the monitor will continue to hold the channel in the not OK state until the
channel has been OK continuously for 30 seconds. During this time the
channel will continue to return proportional values but it will not process
alarms. . When Enabled, alarming is inhibited from a Not OK state. When
Disabled the monitor will process alarms even if a channel is Not OK and
will return to the OK state at the same time the cause of the Not OK
condition is removed.
7-30
Channel On and Off

Location
Application
Alarms
Read status
Proportional Values
If a channel is off, invalid proportional values of 32,768 (0x8000) are

returned.
Monitor Status
Relation to other
functions

LED

Location
Word 5
Bit number
7
6
5
4
Application
Channel
A
A
B
B
Alarm type
Alert
Danger
Alert
Danger
This monitor has two levels of alarm Alert and Danger. Danger is the
more serious alarm level.
Status Word 5.
Appendix D shows how to calculate the 8-bit integer for the alarm setpoint
fields.
Trip Multiply
Location
Function
read status
enable or
disable
set TM level
Application
Alarms
Proportional Values
Word and bit number

Channel A
Channel B
Word 5, bit 3
Word 5, bit 2
Word 15, bit 3
Word 15, bit 2
Word 15, bits 7 & 6
Word 15 bits 5 & 4
Multiply level
7-31
Trip Multiply
Monitor Status
word.
Relation to other
functions
enabled.
LED
No effect.
Channel Inhibit
Location
Application
Alarms
Read status
Enable or disable
Proportional Values
Monitor Status
status word.
Relation to other
functions

LED
Transducer Type
Location
Application

connected to each channel.
The Acceleration Type 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor supports the following
transducers:
330400, 100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW
23733-03 I/F module, 100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW
330425, 25 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB
49578-01, 25 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB
155023-01, 25 mV/g pk, high frequency

Location
Application

proportional value.
factor.
Full-scale Range
Location
Application
7-32

Full-scale range is the engineering unit range for the direct proportional value.


Select a full-scale range to fit the expected direct values.
The Acceleration Input 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor supports the following fullscale ranges:
0 - 2 gs pk
0 - 2 gs rms
0 - 5 gs pk
0 - 5 gs rms
0 - 10 gs pk
0 - 10 gs rms
0 - 20 gs pk
0 - 20 gs rms
0 - 25 gs pk
0 - 25 gs rms
0 - 40 gs pk
0 - 40 gs rms
0 - 50 gs pk
0 - 50 gs rms
0 - 20 m/s2 pk
0 - 20 m/s2 rms
0 - 50 m/s2 pk
0 - 50 m/s2 rms
2
0 100 m/s pk
0 - 100 m/s2 rms
0 200 m/s2 pk
0 - 200 m/s2 rms
2
0 250 m/s pk
0 - 250 m/s2 rms
0 400 m/s2 pk
0 - 400 m/s2 rms
2
0 500 m/s pk
0 - 500 m/s2 rms
0 - 1.0 in/s pk, integrated acceleration
0 - 1.0 in/s rms, integrated acceleration
0 - 2.0 in/s rms, integrated acceleration
0 - 25 mm/s pk, integrated acceleration
0 - 25 mm/s rms, integrated acceleration
0 - 50 mm/s rms, integrated acceleration
0 100 mm/s pk, integrated
0 - 100 mm/s rms, integrated
acceleration
acceleration
Timed OK channel Defeat On/Off is described above in the read

status word 5 descriptions.

Location
Application
Words 11 and 12
use this equation:
(Direct Alarm Engineering Units)(200 counts/full scale range)
Example 1:
I want a direct Alert over setpoint at 1 gs pk where the full-scale range is 0 to
2 gs pk. How do I convert this 1 gs pk to counts so I can configure the
setpoint?
Direct alarm counts = (1 gs pk)(200 counts/2 gs pk))
= 100 counts (0x64 )
Example 2:
2
Convert a desired direct Danger over setpoint of 75 m/s pk to counts for a
full-scale range of 0 to 100 m/s 2 pk.
Direct alarm counts = (75 m/s 2 pk)(200 counts/100 m/s2 pk)
= 150 counts (0x96)
7-33

See Appendix D for other examples.

Location
Application
Word 13, bits 7 to 4 and bits 15 to 12

The combined high-pass and low-pass filters set up the desired band-pass
filter for the direct proportional values for your specific application. The
minimum high-pass corner frequency is 3 Hz, 10 Hz, or 20 Hz, depending
on acceleration monitor type, transducer type, and full-scale range type.
The maximum low-pass corner frequency is 14.05 kHz, 31.55 kHz, or 24.3
kHz, depending on acceleration monitor type. High- and low-pass corner
frequencies are adjustable options, and allowable frequency ranges vary
with specific monitor type, transducer type, and full-scale range type.
Refer to compatibility tables in Appendix D for specific filter corners
allowable for your monitor type, transducer type, and full-scale range type..
Alarm Time Delay

Location
Application
Word 14
are:
0.15 seconds
0.20 seconds
0.30 seconds
0.50 seconds
0.60 seconds
1.00 seconds
2.00 seconds
3.00 seconds
5.00 seconds
6.00 seconds
10.00 seconds
20.00 seconds
Monitor Reset
Location
Application
Word 15, bit 15

Always set low (0).
Location
Application

None

Location
Application
7-34
Word 15, bit 12



Monitor Type
Location
Application

Identify the monitor type being used.
Use the following table to select which Acceleration Type is appropriate for
your application
Acceleration
Monitor Type
Dual
Acceleration,
14.05 kHz
Dual
Acceleration,
31.55 kHz
Single
Acceleration,
24.3 kHz
Application
Use this type if you want to program one or both
channels for peak or rms acceleration monitoring and
you want to set programmable low-pass filters. The
maximum signal frequency for these channels is 14.05
kHz. You should also use this type if you want to
program one, or both channels for monitoring peak or
rms velocity (integrated acceleration). The maximum
signal frequency for these channels is also 14.05 kHz
and you can set any of the programmed low-pass
filters that are within the bandwidth.
High-pass filters can be programmed in all cases.
Use this type if you want to program both channels for
wide band peak or rms acceleration monitoring to
31.55 kHz. You should also use this type if you want to
program one channel (Channel B must be used) for
wide band peak or rms acceleration monitoring with a
fixed 31.55 kHz low-pass filter and the other channel
(Channel A) for peak or rms acceleration monitoring
with programmable low pass filters up to 31.55 kHz.
High-pass filters can be programmed in all cases.
Use this type when you only have a single transducer
connected to the monitor and you want to monitor
peak or rms acceleration to 24.3 kHz with
programmable low-pass filters, or, you want to monitor
peak or rms velocity to 24.3 kHz with the capability to
set low-pass filters.
High-pass filters can be programmed in all cases
Channel A will be the active channel and Channel B
will be OFF.
If you only require one active channel on a 1701/25
Acceleration type then you should choose this type.
The single channel type will provide wider bandwidths
with programmable filter capability than the dual
channel types.
If the Monitor Type bits (word 15, bits 11 and 10) are not set correctly, the
monitor will not function correctly. Be careful to configure the monitor for
the correct monitor type.

7-35
7-36
Chapter 8
Chapter
System Verification
This chapter shows how to verify that the system components are
operating properly.
Monitor Verification
monitor
internal Proximitor module
transducer I/O module
internal Galvanic Isolator
24 volt power supply
The 1701 monitors are factory calibrated and do not require field
adjustment. However, monitor and system function should be verified
at installation and at periodic intervals.
Verification testing consists of verifying channel values, alarms, OK
Limits, and filter corner frequencies. This section describes
verification testing for six different applications
1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor radial vibration channels

using external Proximitor sensors

using internal Proximitor sensors
1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor thrust position channels

using external Proximitor sensors
1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor thrust position channels

using internal Proximitor sensors
1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor velocity input channels using

seismoprobes or 2 wire velocity sensors
1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor velocity input channels using

Velomitor sensors
1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor acceleration input channels
Required Test Equipment

Transducer
External Proximitor
Sensors
Internal Proximitor
Sensors
1701/15 Proximitor
Input Monitor
Radial Vibration Channels
Thrust Position Channels
DC power supply
DC power supply
Multimeter - 4 digits
Function generator
Probe, extension cable, target, and TK - 3
Spindle micrometer, probe, extension
wobble plate or equivalent
cable, and target
Oscilloscope
Multimeter - 4 digit
Velocity Input Channels - 2 wire

velocity transducers
DC power supply
Function generator
2.49 k resistor
1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor

Velocity Input Channels Velomitors
DC power supply
Function generator
4 k resistor
10 uF capacitor
Acceleration Input Channels

DC power supply
Function generator
Typical Verification Test Setup

HMI
PLC
Network
1701
Test
Equipment
Verification testing of 1701 monitors requires that your network is up

and running, the FieldMonitor system is configured, and your
vibration values and status are accessible on a display. Transducer
signals are simulated with the test equipment or applied directly using
a micrometer kit.
8-2
Chapter 8 System Verification
Monitor LED status

The table below shows how to interpret the monitors LED.
STATUS LED
state
OFF
Green flashing at
1 Hz
Green steady
Alternate
green/red flashing
Red flashing at 1
Hz
Red steady
Condition
Power is off or some component is defective. See the troubleshooting section.
Monitor is unconfigured.
Monitor is configured and monitor and transducers are in an OK condition.
One or both channels are in alarm.
Recoverable fault condition such as: one or both transducer channels are not OK,
Timed OK Channel Defeat is active, the monitor is not OK, or the configuration is
invalid.
Non-recoverable fault. See troubleshooting section, page 9-1.
Application Advisory:
Radial vibration channels or
seismic channels with Timed
OK Defeat enabled will remain
in a not OK state for 30
seconds after the transducer
signal returns to an OK
condition.
During verification testing you
must wait 30 seconds after
applying an OK condition
before verifying the channel
OK status.
Monitor Signal Scaling

Direct proportional values for 1701/15 radial vibration channels and
1701/25 velocity and acceleration channels are returned by the
monitor as counts. The counts are scaled so that 0 counts is bottom
scale and 1000 counts equals the full scale.
The figure below shows the relation between the full-scale range in
engineering units, Direct value counts, and the Direct alarm setpoint
scale in counts.
Engineering
Units
Direct value
Counts
Direct Value
Alarm Counts
Full Scale
1000 counts
200 counts
Bottom Scale
0 counts
0 counts
Your display HMI software maps the Direct value counts to

engineering units. If you have access to the controllers data file, you
can interpret values directly.
8-3
Direct thrust position value is scaled as shown below.

Engineering
Units
Direct value
Counts
Full Up Scale
500 counts
Zero
Position
Full Bottom
Scale
8-4
Direct Value
Alarm Counts
200 counts
0 counts
-500 counts
0 counts
Verifying 1701/15 Proximitor

Input Monitor Radial
Vibration Channels configured for external
Proximitor
Sensors
1701
Multimeter
Function generator
I/O module
and terminals
DC power
supply
DC power supply setting

- 9.00 Vdc
Danger
Contact could cause shock,
burns, or death.
Do not touch exposed wires
or terminals.
Application Alert:
Use the transducer scale
factor that is loaded in the I/O
data table for the monitor and
channel.
Function generator setting

Waveform:
sinewave
DC Offset:
0 Vdc
Frequency:
100 Hz
Amplitude:
minimum level
1. Disconnect Vt (transducer power), COM, and SIG field wiring

from the channel terminals on the terminal base.
2. Connect the test equipment as shown. Use the same connection
for the 1701/05 and 1701/06 terminal bases.
3. Calculate the full-scale voltage using the equation and examples
below. Adjust the function generator amplitude to the calculated
voltage.
Full-scale Voltage
= Direct Full-scale Range x Transducer

Scale Factor
Example 1
Direct Full-scale Range
Full-scale Voltage=
=
5 mil pp
=
200 mV/mil pp
(5 mil pp) x ( 200 mV/mil pp)
=
1.000 Vpp
For a V rms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)
V rms Full-scale Voltage
=
=
(0.707) x (V pp Full Scale

Voltage/2)
0.3535 V rms
8-5
Example 2
=
150 m pp
Transducer Scale Factor =
7.874 mV/m pp
Full-scale Voltage=
(150 m pp) x (0.007874 V/m pp)
=
1.181 V pp
For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)
Vrms Full-scale Voltage
=
=
(0.707) x (V pp Full-scale
Voltage/2)
0.4175 Vrms
4. Verify that the Direct reading is within specification.

Terminal Base Type
Tolerance in percent of full scale range

1%
1701/05 TB
1701/06 Isolator TB
Full Scale Ranges less than 200

mV peak to peak
Full Scale Ranges more than 200

mV peak to peak
+4% to +2%
+1% to 2%
If the reading does not meet specification check your input signal
and connections. If the monitor still does not meet specification
go to the section If a Channel Fails a Verification Test, page 838.
Steps 5 through 9 are verifying Direct alarms
5. Adjust the function generator amplitude below the Alert alarm
level.
6. Verify that the channel is not in alarm by observing the alarm
status on the HMI or by verifying that the monitor LED is green
steady. (Note that both channels must be OK for the LED to be
green steady.)
7. Adjust the function generator so that the signal just exceeds the
Alert/A1 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delay
has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or verify that the
LED indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for the LED
to indicate alarms.)
8. Adjust the function generator so that the signal just exceeds the
Danger/A2 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delay
has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Danger.
9. Adjust the function generator so the signal is below the Alert
setpoint level. Verify that the HMI indicates no active alarms and
the LED indicates correctly.
Application Alert:
Steps 10 and 11 are verifying the Gap value.
If your controller is
programmed for latching
alarms you will need to reset
them to verify that the alarms
are now inactive.
10. Adjust the function generator amplitude to minimum value and

then set the DC power supply to -18.000 Vdc.
8-6
11. Verify that the gap value reading is -18.000 volts 20 mV ( 120
mV for internal isolator systems). (Note this may cause a not OK
condition.)
Step 12 is verifying Gap alarms.
12. To verify the gap alarms adjust the DC power supply to a value
that is between the over/under gap alarm setpoints. Verify that the
Alert alarm status is not active. Adjust the DC power supply to a
voltage more positive than the under gap setpoint. After the alarm
time delay expires, verify that Alert/A1 is active. Adjust the
power supply back to a value between the over/under gap
setpoints and verify alarms are not active. Adjust the power
supply to a voltage more negative than the over gap setpoint.
Verify that Alert/A1 is active.
Step 13 is verifying the OK Limits. OK Limit tables are
shown in Appendix A.
13. To test the OK Limits adjust the function generator to a minimum
output and adjust the DC power supply to -9.00 Volt. Verify that
the channel status is OK. Gradually increase (more negative) the
power supply voltage over the upper OK limit. Verify that the
HMI reports not OK and that the monitor LED is red flashing.
(Note: The other channel should be OK or you cannot use the
LED as an indicator.) Adjust the power supply voltage back to 9.00 Volt and verify that the channel status is OK. Decrease the
power supply voltage (more positive) below the lower OK limit
and verify that the channel status is not OK.
14. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect Vt, COM, and SIG
field wiring to the terminals. Verify that the channel status returns
to the OK state.
15. Repeat steps 1 through 14 for the other channel.
8-7

Input Monitor Radial
Vibration Channels using internal Proximitor
Sensors
Oscilloscope
1701
Probe
extension
cable
Danger
burns, or death.
or terminals.
TK-3
This verification method requires special equipment and is not

suitable for verifying monitor accuracy specifications. It is also
difficult and time consuming. An alternative is:
Replace the internal Proximitor module with a 170180-01

Proximitor/Accelerometer I/O Module and verify the monitorto-controller link using the procedure described in, Verifying
configured for external Proximitor sensors. Also, re-install the
internal Proximitor module and verify it using the procedure
described under Internal Proximitor Verification.
The verification procedure using the TK-3 is described below.

Application Alert:
Standard wobble plates are
AISI 4140 steel. If your
Proximity transducer system
has been modified for other
target materials then you
should not use this procedure.
8-8
1. Use the dial indicator supplied with the TK-3 to adjust the
position of the probe holder to the full-scale peak to peak
displacement.
Application
Advisory:
TK-3 wobble plates are
rated for specific maximum
peak to peak displacement.
You will need a wobble
plate that meets your fullscale range requirement or
you cannot create a fullscale signal.
2. Connect the test equipment as shown by installing the probe in

the TK-3 wobble plate and connecting the oscilloscope to the
channels buffered output.
3. Gap the probe at -9.00 Volt 1.00 Volt for the 170133 or 170172
internal Proximitor Sensors. Gap the probe at -7.00 Volt 1.00
Volt for the 170150 internal Proximitor Sensor.
4. Turn on the TK-3 and use the oscilloscope to adjust the wobble
plate rotational speed to approximately 100 Hz. Verify that the
channel status is OK and use the oscilloscope to measure the peak
to peak signal.
5. Verify that the Direct reading correct.
Terminal Base Type

1701/05 TB
1701/06 Isolator TB

8%
Full Scale Ranges more than 200 mV peak to peak
+8% to 9%
If the reading does not meet specification, check your input,

connections, and wobble plate. If the monitor still does not meet
specification, go to the section If a Channel Fails a Verification
Test, page 8-38.
6.) Adjust the probe holder to reduce the peak to peak displacement
below the Alert setpoint level.
7.) Verify that the channel is not in alarm by observing the alarm
green steady.)
8.) Adjust the probe holder so that the signal just exceeds the
9.) Adjust the probe holder so that the signal just exceeds the
10.) Adjust the probe holder so the signal is below the Alert setpoint
level. Verify that the HMI indicates no active alarms and that the
LED indicates correctly.
Steps 11 through 15 are verifying the Gap value
Application Alert:
alarms, you will need to reset
are now inactive.
11.) Turn off the TK-3 and install the probe in the spindle micrometer
using the appropriate target.
12.) Replace the oscilloscope with the multimeter.
8-9
13.) Gap the probe at -9.00 Volt 1.00 Volt for the 170133 or 170172
internal Proximitor Sensors. Gap the probe at -7.00 Volt 1.00
Volt for the 170150 internal Proximitor Sensor.
14.) Wait 30 seconds and then verify that the channel status is OK and
that the monitor LED indicates correctly.
15.) Adjust the micrometer until the multimeter reads -18.000 V 50
mV for the 170133 or 170172 internal Proximitor Sensors.
Adjust the micrometer until the multimeter reads -14.000 V 50
mV for the 170150 internal Proximitor Sensor. (Note: This will
cause a not OK condition.)
16.) Verify that the monitor gap value matches the multimeter reading
20 mV, ( 120 mV for the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base).
Step 17 is verifying the Gap alarms.
17.) To verify the gap alarms adjust the micrometer to a gap that is
between the over/under gap alarm setpoints. Verify that the Alert
alarm status is not active. Adjust the micrometer to a gap less than
the under gap setpoint. After the alarm time delay expires, verify
that the Alert/A1 is active. Adjust the micrometer to between the
over/under gap setpoints and verify that the alarms are not active.
Adjust the micrometer to a gap greater than the over gap setpoint.
Verify that the Alert/A1 is active.
shown in Appendix A.
18.) To test the OK limits adjust the micrometer to a gap that yields a
gap voltage of -9.00 V 1.0 V for the 170133 or 170172 internal
Proximitor Sensors or -7.00 V 1.0V for the 170150 internal
Proximitor Sensor. Verify the channel status is OK. Gradually
increase gap until the gap voltage is over the upper OK limit.
Verify that the HMI reports not OK and the monitor LED is red
flashing. (Note the other channel should be OK or you cannot use
the LED as an indicator.) Adjust the power supply voltage back to
approximately -9.00 Volt (for the 170133 or 170172) or -7.00
Volt (for the 170150) and verify that the channel status is OK.
Decrease gap until the gap voltage is below the lower OK limit
and verify that the channel status is not OK.
19.) Disconnect the test equipment and remove the probe from the
TK-3. After the probe is installed in the machine, verify that the
channel status returns to the OK state.
20.) Repeat steps 1 through 19 for the other channel.
8-10

Input Monitor Thrust
Position Channels configured for external
Proximitor
Sensors
1701
Multimeter
I/O module
and terminals
Danger
burns, or death.
or terminals.
DC power supply
1.) Disconnect Vt (transducer power), COM, and SIG field wiring

from the channel terminals on the terminal base.
2.) Connect the test equipment as shown. Use the same connection
for the 1701/05 and 1701/06 terminal bases.
3.) Calculate the full up scale and full bottom scale voltages using the
equations and examples below.
8-11
Application Alert:
channel.
The zero position voltage is
the voltage input that will
cause the Direct Thrust
Position reading to be zero.
Use the zero position voltage
that is loaded in the monitors
I/O data table.
If the upscale direction is toward the probe:

Full Up Scale Voltage
Full Bottom Scale Voltage =
Example 1
Meter Range
Full Bottom Scale Voltage
Example 2
Meter Range
Zero Position Voltage +

(Transducer Scale Factor) x (Up
Scale Meter Range)
Zero Position Voltage (Transducer Scale Factor) x
(Bottom Scale Meter Range)
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
200 mV/mil
25 - 0 - 25 mil
-9.75 Vdc
(-9.75) + (0.200) x (25)
-4.75 Volt dc
(-9.75) - (0.200) x (25)
-14.75 Vdc
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
7.874 V/mm
1 - 0 - 1 mm
-10.16 Vdc
(-10.16) + (7.874) x (1)
-2.286 Volt dc
(-10.16) - (7.874) x (1)
-18.03 Vdc
If the upscale direction is away from the probe:

Full Bottom Scale Voltage =
Example 1
Meter Range
Example 2
Meter Range
8-12
Zero Position Voltage (Transducer Scale Factor) x (Up

Scale Meter Range)
Zero Position Voltage +
(Transducer Scale Factor) x
(Bottom Scale Meter Range)
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
200 mV/mil
25 - 0 - 25 mil
-9.75 Vdc
(-9.75) - (0.200) x (25)
-14.75 Vdc
(-9.75) + (0.200) x (25)
-4.75 Vdc
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
7.874 V/mm
1 - 0 - 1 mm
-10.16 Vdc
(-10.16) - (7.874) x (1)
-18.03 Vdc
(-10.16) + (7.874) x (1)
-2.286 Vdc
4.) Adjust the power supply to the zero position voltage. Verify that
the Direct Thrust Position value indicates 0 1 % ( 1 % 100
mV for internal isolator systems) of the full range.
5.) Adjust the power supply to the full up scale voltage. Verify that
the Direct reading is full scale 1 % ( 1 % 100 mV for
internal isolator systems) of the full range. If the reading does not
meet specification, check your input signal and connections. If the
monitor still does not meet specification, go to the section If a
Channel Fails a Verification Test, page 8-38.
6.) Adjust the power supply to the full bottom scale voltage. Verify
that the Direct reading is full bottom scale 1 % ( 1 % 100
mV for internal isolator systems) of the full range. If the reading
does not meet specification, check your input signal and
connections. If the monitor still does not meet specification, go to
the section If a Channel Fails a Verification Test, page 8-38.
7.) Adjust the power supply back to the zero position voltage.
green steady.)
Application Alert:
are now inactive.
9.) Adjust the power supply so that the signal just exceeds the
Alert/A1 Over setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time
delay has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or verify
that the LED indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for
the LED to indicate alarms.)
Danger/A2 Over setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time
delay has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Danger.
11.) Adjust the power supply back to the zero position voltage.
green steady.)
Alert/A1 Under setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time
the LED indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for the
LED to indicate alarms.)
Danger/A2 Under setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time
Step 15 is verifying the Gap value
15.) Adjust the power supply to -18.00 V. Verify that the gap value is
-18.00 V 20 mV ( 120 mV for internal isolator systems) . If
the reading does not meet specification, check your input signal
8-13
and connections. If the monitor still does not meet specification,

go to the section If a Channel Fails a Verification Test, page 838.
shown in Appendix B.
16.) To test the OK Limits adjust the DC power supply to -9.00 V.
Verify that the channel status is OK. Gradually increase (more
negative) the power supply voltage over the upper OK limit.
flashing. (Note: The other channel should be OK or you cannot
use the LED as an indicator.) Adjust the power supply voltage
back to -9.00 V and verify that the channel status is OK. Decrease
the power supply voltage (more positive) below the lower OK
limit and verify that the channel status is not OK.
17.) Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect Vt, COM, and SIG
to the OK state.
8-14

Input Monitor Thrust
Position Channels using internal Proximitor
Sensors
Multimeter
1701
Micrometer kit
Danger
burns, or death.
or terminals.
1.) Install the probe in the micrometer kit.

for 1701/05 and 1701/06 terminal bases.
3.) Set the micrometer to 18 mils (or 460 m).
4.) Adjust for mechanical backlash by backing the micrometer out to
20 mils (500 m). Be careful not to reverse the direction of travel
during this operation
5.) Adjust the probe gap to electrical zero by moving the probe until
the multimeter reads -3.00 0.1 Vdc. This setting is electrical
zero for the 170133, 170150, and 170172 internal Proximitor
sensors.
6.) Increase the gap to the zero position voltage as indicated on the
multimeter. Again, be careful not to reverse the direction of
rotation.
7.) Verify that the monitor Direct value reads 0 1% of the fullscale range (0 1% 100 mV for the 1701/06 Isolator
Terminal Base). If the reading does not meet specification, check
your input signal and connections. If the monitor still does not
meet specification, go to the section If a Channel Fails a
Verification Test, page 8-38.
8.) Adjust the micrometer to the full up scale gap. Verify that the
Direct reading is full scale 8 % of the full range ( 8 % 100
mV for the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base). If the reading does
8-15
not meet specification, check your input signal and connections.

If the monitor still does not meet specification, go to the section
If a Channel Fails a Verification Test, page 8-38.
Application Alert:
The actual transducer average
scale factor should be within
5% of the scale factor loaded
in the I/O data table for the
monitor and channel.
The zero position gap is the
gap that produces the zero
position voltage input that will
cause the Direct Thrust
Position reading to be zero.
Use the zero position voltage
that is loaded in the monitors
I/O data table.

From the zero position gap adjust the micrometer to decrease the
probe gap to just over the full up scale then bring the gap back to
the full up scale value.
Example
Meter Range
25 - 0 - 25 mil
From the zero position gap adjust the micrometer to decrease the gap by
27 mils. Now reverse rotation direction and bring the gap back to 25 mils.
Read the monitor Direct value.

From the zero position gap adjust the micrometer to increase the
probe gap to just over the full up scale then bring the gap back to
the full up scale value.
Example
Meter Range
25 - 0 - 25 mil
From the zero position gap adjust the micrometer to increase the gap by
27 mils. Now reverse rotation direction and bring the gap back to 25 mils.
Read the monitor Direct value.
9.) Adjust the micrometer to the full bottom scale gap. Verify that the
Direct reading is full bottom scale 8 % of the full range ( 8 %
100 mV for the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base). If the reading
does not meet specification, check your input signal and
connections. If the monitor still does not meet specification, go to
From the full up scale gap (from step 10) adjust the micrometer to
increase the probe gap to the full bottom scale value.
Example
Meter Range = 25 - 0 - 25 mil
From the full up scale gap adjust the micrometer to increase the gap by
50 mils. Read the monitors Direct value.

From the full up scale gap (from step 10) adjust the micrometer to
decrease the probe gap to the full bottom scale value.
Example
Meter Range = 25 - 0 - 25 mil
8-16

From the full up scale gap adjust the micrometer to decrease the gap by
50 mils. Read the monitors Direct value.
10.) Adjust the micrometer back to the zero position gap.

green steady.)
them to verify the alarms are
now inactive.
12.) Adjust the micrometer so that the probe gap just exceeds the
Alert/A1 Over setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time
that the LED indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for
the LED to indicate alarms.)
13.) Adjust the micrometer so that the probe gap just exceeds the
Danger/A2 Over setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time
14.) Adjust the micrometer back to the zero position gap.
15.) Verify the channel is not in alarm by observing the alarm status
on the HMI or by verifying that the monitor LED is green steady.
(Note that both channels must be OK for the LED to be green
steady.)
16.) Adjust the micrometer so the probe gap just exceeds the Alert/A1
Under setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delay has
expired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or verify that the LED
indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for the LED to
indicate alarms.)
17.) Adjust the micrometer so the probe gap just exceeds the
Danger/A2 Under setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time
Step 18 is verifying the Gap value
18.) For the 170133 or 170172 internal Proximitor Sensors, adjust
the micrometer to the gap where the multimeter reads -18.00 V.
Verify that the gap value is -18.00 V 20 mV (-18.00 V 120
mV for the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base). For the 170150
internal Proximitor Sensor, adjust the micrometer to the gap
where the multimeter reads -14.00 V. Verify that the gap value is
-14.00 V 20 mV (-14.00 V 120 mV for the 1701/06 Isolator
Terminal Base). If the reading does not meet specification, check
your input signal and connections. If the monitor still does not
meet specification, go to the section If a Channel Fails a
Verification Test, page 8-38.
shown in Appendix B.
8-17
19.) To test the OK Limits adjust the micrometer to the zero position
gap. Verify that the channel status is OK. Gradually increase the
gap over the upper OK limit. Verify that the HMI reports not OK
and the monitor LED is red flashing. (Note the other channel
should be OK or you cannot use the LED as an indicator.) Adjust
probe gap back to the zero position gap and verify that the
channel status is OK. Decrease the probe gap below the lower OK
limit and verify that the channel status is not OK.
20.) Disconnect the test equipment and remove the probe from the
micrometer kit. After the probe is installed in the machine, verify
that the channel status returns to the OK state.
8-18

Channels configured for Seismoprobes or 2-wire
Velocity Sensors
1701
Multimeter
Function generator
I/O module
and terminals
DC Power
Supply
2.49 k
Danger
burns, or death.
or terminals.

- 6.50 Volt DC

Waveform:
sinewave
DC Offset:
0 Vdc
Frequency:
100 Hz
Amplitude:
minimum level
1.) Disconnect A and B field wiring from the channel terminals on

the terminal base.
2.) Connect the test equipment as shown with the signal and resistor
connected to the A terminal. Use this connection for the
1701/05 and 1701/06 terminal bases.
3.) Calculate the verification frequency using the equations and
information below:
If the default filters are configured and your meter range is in
peak Velocity units then use 100 Hz. If your meter range is in rms
Velocity or Displacement units then use 200 Hz
If filters are configured then use this formula:
8-19
Verification Frequency = HPF x LPF

where:
HPF = the high pass corner frequency in Hz
LPF = the low pass corner frequency in Hz
and:
If you configured an LPF but chose none for the HPF then in the
formula set the HPF = 3 Hz if your full scale range is in peak
Velocity units or HPF = 10 Hz if your full scale range is rms
Velocity or Displacement units.
If you configured an LPF and chose none for the HPF
and if your full-scale range is in
then set HPF to
peak velocity units
3 Hz
rms Velocity
10 Hz
Similarly, if you configured a HPF but did not configure an LPF

then in the formula set:
LPF = 5500 Hz
Example
LPF
HPF
Meter Range
= 2000 Hz
= none configured
= 1 in/s rms
Verification Frequency = [(10) x ( 2000)]

= 141 Hz
1/2
4.) If your meter range is in peak Velocity units, then calculate the
full scale input voltage using the equation and examples below.
Otherwise go to step 5.
Application Alert:
channel.
Full Scale Voltage

Example 1
Direct Full Scale Range
Full Scale Voltage
=
=
=
=
Direct Full Scale Range x

1 in/s pk
500 mV/(in/s) pk
(1 in/s pk) x ( 0.500 V/(in/s) pk)
0.500 Vpk

Vrms Full Scale Volage
Example 2
8-20
=
=
(0.707) x (Vpk Full Scale Voltage)

0.3535 Vrms
=
=
10 mm/s pk
5.708 mV/(mm/s) pk
Full Scale Voltage

(10 mm/s pk) x (0.005708 V/(mm/s)
pk)
0.0571 Vpk
=
=

=
=
0.04035 Vrms
Go to step 7.
5.) If your meter range is in rms Velocity units, then calculate your
full scale input voltage using the equations and information
below. Otherwise go to step 6.
Full Scale Voltage
(Direct Full Scale Range) x

(Transducer Scale Factor in
Volts pk) x (Crest Factor)
Crest Factor is the ratio of V pk to Vrms

For a sinewave: Crest Factor = 1.414
Example 1
Direct Full Scale Range =
For a sine wave Crest Factor =
Full Scale Voltage
=
=
1 in/s rms
500 mV/(in/s) pk
1.414
(1 in/s rms) x ( 0.500 V/(in/s) pk) x
(1.414)
0.707 V pk

=
=
0.500 Vrms
Example 2
For a sine wave, Crest Factor =
Full Scale Voltage
=
=
20 mm/s rms
5.708 mV/(mm/s) pk
1.414
(20 mm/s rms) x (0.005708 V/(mm/s)
pk) x (1.414)
0.1614 V pk

=
(0.707) x (V pk Full Scale Voltage)
=
0.1141 Vrms
Go to step 7.
6.) If your meter range is in Displacement units (integrated velocity),
then calculate your full scale input voltage using the equations
and information below. Then go to step 7.
For mil pp and um pp units
8-21
Input
Full Scale =
Full - scale (English units)
31.831
/ Velocity Frequency
Scale Factor
(English units)
(V rms)
Input
Full Scale =
31.831
Scale Factor
(English units)
(V pp)
x 0.07071
x 0.2
To use the formulas the Velocity scale factor must be in Volts and
the Full Scale Range and Velocity scale factor must be in English
units.
To convert mm/s pk to in/s pk:
in/sec pk = (mm/s pk) x 25.4
To convert micrometer pp full scale ranges to mil pp:
Full Scale in mil pp = (Full Scale in m pp)/25.4
Example:
Full Scale Range
Verification Frequency
Convert scale factor:
Convert range: (200/25.4)
=
=
=
=
=
200 m pp
5.7087 mV/(mm/s) pk
200 Hz
(0.0057087 x 25.4)
0.145 V/(in/s) pk
7.874 mil pp
Full Scale
Input
(V pp)
7.874
31.831
0.145 / 200
x 0.2 = 1.4347 V pp
Go to step 7.
7.) Adjust the function generator to the full scale voltage and the
verification frequency.
8.) Verify that the Direct reading is correct.
Terminal Base Type

mV peak to peak

mV peak to peak
2%
1%
1701/05 TB
1701/06 Isolator TB
Peak-to-Peak
Ranges
RMS Ranges
+4% to +2%
+1% to -2%
Peak-to-Peak
Ranges
+1% to -2%
RMS Ranges
+1 to -2%
If the reading does not meet specification, check your input signal
and connections. If the monitor still does not meet specification, go to
8-22

9.) Adjust the function generator amplitude below the Alert alarm
level. Verify that the channel is not in alarm by observing the
alarm status on the HMI or by verifying that the monitors LED is
green steady. (Note that both channels must be OK for the LED to
be green steady.)
10.) Adjust the function generator so that the signal just exceeds the
12.) Adjust the function generator so the signal is below the Alert
Application Alert:
now inactive.
Step 13 and 14 are verifying the OK Limits. OK Limits are

shown in Appendix C.
13.) To test the OK Limits disconnect the A field wire from the
channel terminal on the terminal base. Verify that the channel
reports not OK at the HMI.
14.) Reconnect the A field wire and verify that the channel returns to
the OK state.
15.) Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the A and B field
wiring to the terminals. Verify that the channel status returns to
the OK state.
8-23

Channels configured for Velomitor sensors
1701
Function
Generator
I/O module
and terminals
4k
10 uF
Danger
burns, or death.
or terminals.
Waveform:
DC Offset:
Frequency:
Amplitude:

sinewave
0 Vdc
100 Hz
minimum level
1.) Disconnect A and B field wiring from the channel terminals on

the terminal base.
for the 1701/05 and 1701/06 terminal bases. The resistor is
connected between A and B. The signal is injected through the
capacitor into terminal B and the test equipment is referenced to
COM.
information below:
8-24

peak Velocity units then use 100 Hz. If your meter range is in rms
Velocity or Displacement units then use 200 Hz
Verification Frequency = HPF x LPF
where:
and:
and if your full-scale range is in
then in the formula set HPF to
peak velocity units
3 Hz
rms Velocity
10 Hz
Similarly, if you configured a HPF and did not configure a LPF then
in the formula set:
LPF = 5500 Hz
Example:
LPF
HPF
Meter Range
=
=
=
2000 Hz
none configured
1 in/s rms
Verification Frequency = 10 x 2000

=
141 Hz
4.) If your meter range is in peak Velocity units, then calculate the
full scale input voltage using the equation and examples below.
Otherwise go to step 5.
Application Alert:
channel.
Full Scale Voltage
Example 1:
Full Scale Voltage
=
=
=
=

1 in/s pk
100 mV/(in/s) pk
(1 in/s pk) x ( 0.100 V/(in/s) pk)
0.100 Vpk

=
=
0.0707 Vrms
Example 2:
Full Scale Voltage =
=
=
=
10 mm/s pk
5.708 mV/(mm/s) pk
(10 mm/s pk) x (0.005708 V/(mm/s)
pk)
0.0571 Vpk
8-25

=
=
0.04035 Vrms
Go to step 7.
5.) If your meter range is in rms Velocity units, then calculate your
full scale input voltage using the equations and information
Full Scale Voltage


Example 1:
=
1 in/s rms
100 mV/(in/s) pk
1.414
(1 in/s rms) x ( 0.100 V/(in/s) pk) x
(1.414)
0.1414 Vpk

=
=
0.100 Vrms
8-26
Example 2:
=
20 mm/s rms
5.708 mV/(mm/s0 pk
1.414
(20 mm/s rms) x (0.005708 V/(mm/s)
pk) x (1.414)
0.1614 Vpk

=
=
0.1141 Vrms
Go to step 7.
6.) If your meter range is in Displacement units (integrated velocity)
then calculate your full scale input voltage using the equations
and information below. Then go to step 7.
For mil pp and um pp units
Input
Full Scale =
x 0.07071
(V rms)
31.831
Scale Factor
(English units)
Input
Full Scale =
x 0.2
(V pp)
31.831
Scale Factor
(English units)
To use the formulas the Velocity scale factor must be in volts and the
Full Scale Range and Velocity scale factor must be in English
units.
To convert mm/s pk to in/sec pk:
in/s pk = (mm/s pk) x 25.4
To convert micrometer pp full scale ranges to mil pp:
Full Scale in mil pp = (Full Scale in m pp)/25.4
Example:
Full Scale Range
Verification Frequency
Convert scale factor:
=
=
=
=
Convert range: (200/25.4) =
200 m pp
5.7087 mV/(mm/s) pk
200 Hz
(0.0057087 x 25.4)
0.145 V/(in/s) pk
7.874 mil pp
8-27

Full Scale
Input
(V pp)
7.874
31.831
0.145 / 200
x 0.2 = 1.4347 V pp
Go to step 7.
8.) Verify that the Direct reading is full scale and within limits.
Terminal Base Type

mV peak to peak

mV peak to peak
2%
1%
1701/05 TB
1701/06 Isolator TB
Peak Ranges
RMS Ranges
+4% to +2%
+1% to -2%
Peak Ranges
+1% to -2%
RMS Ranges
+1 to -2%
If the reading does not meet specification, check your input signal and
connections and make sure the frequency response of the system is
not causing attenuation. If the monitor still does not meet
Test, page 8-38.
be green steady.)
now inactive.
8-28
Step 13 through 16 are verifying the OK Limits. OK Limits

are shown in Appendix C.
13.) To test the OK Limits disconnect the A wire from the channel
terminal on the terminal base. Verify that the channel reports not
OK at the HMI.
14.) Reconnect the A wire and verify the channel returns to the OK
state.
15.) Disconnect the B wire from the channel terminal on the terminal
base. Verify that the channel reports not OK at the HMI.
16.) Reconnect the B wire and verify that the channel returns to the
OK state.
17.) Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the A and B field
wiring to the terminals. Verify that the channel status returns to
the OK state.
Verifying 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Velocity Channel Filter

Corner Frequencies
The procedure for testing these parameters is to simulate a velocity
signal with a function generator and power supply. The corner
frequencies are verified by setting the signal frequency at the filter
corner and verifying the correct amplitude.
If the channel units are
integrated, change the
configuration to a nonintegrated full scale range to
test the filters. After you are
finished return the channel to
its original configuration.
Use the test equipment setup, verification frequency calculation, and

full scale voltage calculations shown in the section on Verifying
1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Velocity Channels configured for
Seismoprobes or 2-wire Velocity Sensors, page 8-19 or Verifying
1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Velocity Channels configured for
Velomitors, page 8-24.
1.) Disconnect the A and B field wiring from the terminals on the
terminal base.
2.) Connect the test equipment. For Seismoprobes or 2-wire Velocity
sensors connect through the 2.49 k resistor to the A terminal
and reference your test equipment to the COM terminal. For
Velomiters input the signal through the 10 uF capacitor into the B
terminal, connect the 4 k resistor between A and B, and
reference the test equipment to COM.
3.) Calculate the Verification Frequency using the procedure in the
referenced sections. Adjust the function generator to the
verification frequency using a sinewave.
4.) Calculate the Full Scale Voltage using the procedure in the
referenced sections. Adjust the function generator to the Full
Scale Voltage.
5.) Verify that the Direct value at the HMI reads correctly.
6.) Adjust the function generator frequency to the low pass filter
corner frequency. Verify that the Direct value reads between 65%
and 75% of full scale (between 64% and 76% for internal isolator
systems).
7.) Adjust the function generator frequency to the high pass filter
8-29
and 75% of full scale scale (between 64% and 76% for internal
isolator systems).
8.) If the reading does not meet specification, check the input signal.
It the monitor still does not meet specification, go to the section
on If a Channel Fails a Verification Test, page 8-38.
9.) Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect A and B field wiring
to the channel terminals on the terminal base. Verify that the
channel returns to the OK state.
10.) Return the channel to the original configuration.
11.) Repeat steps 1 through 10 for other configured channels.
Verifying 1701/25 Seismic Input Acceleration

Channels
1701
Multimeter
Function generator
I/O module
and terminals
DC power
supply
Danger
burns, or death.
or terminals.
8-30

- 8.50 Volt DC

Waveform:
sinewave
DC Offset:
0 Volts DC
Frequency:
100 Hz
Amplitude:
minimum level
1.) Disconnect Vt, SIG and COM field wiring from the channel
terminals on the terminal base.
for 1701/05 and 1701/06 terminal bases.
information below:
peak Acceleration units then use 100 Hz. If your meter range is in
rms Acceleration, peak Velocity, or rms Velocity units then use
200 Hz
Verification Frequency =
HPF x LPF
where:
and:
and if the full-scale range is in then in the formula use HPF =
peak acceleration units
3 Hz
rms acceleration units
10 Hz
peak velocity or rms velocity
20 Hz
(integration)
If you configured an HPF and chose none for the LPF

and if you configured the
then set LPF =
acceleration monitor type as
Dual Acceleration, 14.05 kHz
14.05 kHz
Dual Acceleration, 31.25 kHz
31.25 kHz
Single Acceleration, 24.3 kHz
24.3 kHz
Example 1:
LPF
=
2000 Hz
HPF
=
none configured
Meter Range
=
1 in/s rms
Acceleration Monitor Type =
Dual Acceleration, 14.05 KHz
Verification Frequency = 10 x 2000
=
141 Hz
Example 2:
LPF
=
HPF
=
Meter Range
=
Acceleration Monitor Type =
Verification Frequency =
none configured
20 Hz
20 gs rms
Single Channel, 24.3 KHz
20 x 24300
=
697 Hz
8-31
If your meter range is in peak Acceleration units then calculate

the full scale input voltage using the equation and examples
Application Alert:
channel.
Full Scale Voltage

Example 1:
Full Scale Voltage
=
=
=
=

20 gs pk
100 mV/g pk
(20 g pk) x ( 0.100 V/g pk)
2.00 Vpk

=
=
1.414 Vrms
Example 2:
100 m/s2 pk
10.19 mV/ m/s2 pk
(100 m/s2 pk) x (0.010.19 V/ m/s2 pk)
1.019 Vpk
=
=
=

Vrms Full Scale Voltage =
=
0.7204 Vrms
Go to step 7.
5.) If your meter range is in rms Acceleration units, then calculate
your full scale input voltage using the equations and information
Full Scale Voltage


Example 1:
Full Scale Voltage
=
=
20 gs rms
100 mV/g pk
1.414
(20 gs rms) x ( 0.100 V/g pk) x
(1.414)
2.828 V pk

Vrms Full Scale Voltage =
=
2.000 V rms
Example 2:
8-32
=
=
250 m/s2 rms

10.19 mV/ m/s2 pk

Full Scale Voltage
=
=

1.414
(250 m/s2 rms) x (0.010.19 V/ m/s 2
pk) x (1.414)
3.6022 V pk
For a V rms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)

V rms Full Scale Voltage =
(0.707) x (V pk Full Scale Voltage)
=
2.5467 V rms
Go to step 7.
If your meter range is in Velocity units (integrated acceleration) then
calculate your full scale input voltage using the equations and
information below. Go to step 7.
Full Scale Formulas - Integration

(For the Following units: in/s pk, in/s rms, mm/s pk, mm/s rms)
To input rms volts for peak full scale units:
Input
x 0.3535
Voltage =
(V rms)
30.72
Scale Factor
(English units
0.1 volts / g typical)

To input rms volts for rms full scale units:
Input
x 0.5
Voltage =
(V rms)
30.72
Scale Factor
(English units

To input peak to peak volts for peak full scale units:
Input
Voltage =
(V pp)
30.72
Scale Factor
(English units

8-33
To input peak to peak volts for RMS full scale units:

Input
Voltage =
(V pp)
30.72
Scale Factor
(English units
x 1.414
To use the formulas, the acceleration scale factor should be in volts,

and the full-scale value and acceleration scale factor should be in
English units. Use the following conversion formulas to convert
metric units to English units:
Scale Factor:
Acceleration Scale Factor
Acceleration Scale Factor
=
x 9.8135
(mV / g)
(mV / (m / s2))
Full-scale:
Full - Scale
Full - Scale
=
x 0.39372
(in / s)
(mm / s)
Example
2
Transducer Scale Factor = 10.19 mV/(m/s )

Full Scale = 25 mm/s
HPF = 10 Hz
LPF = 8000 Hz
1.
Convert metric units to English units.

Scale Factor:
2
10.19 mV/(m/s ) x
9.8135
Full-scale:
25 mm/s x 0 .039372
2.
8-34
100 mV/g
= 1 in/s
Calculate the input voltage.

To Input RMS Volts for Peak Units
Input
1
Voltage =
x 0.3535 = 0.3254 V rms
30.72
(V rms)
0.1 / 282.84
To Input Peak to Peak Volts for Peak Units

Input
Voltage =
(V pp)
30.72
0.1 / 282.84
x 1 = 0.9207 V pp
8.) Verify that the Direct reading is full scale and within limits.
Terminal Base Type

mV peak to peak

mV peak to peak
2%
1%
1701/05 TB
1701/06 Isolator TB
Peak Ranges
RMS Ranges
+4% to +1%
+1% to -2%
Peak Ranges
+1% to -4%
RMS Ranges
+1 to -3%
If the reading does not meet specification, check your input signal and
connections and make sure the frequency response of the system is
not causing attenuation. If the monitor still does not meet
Test, page 8-38.
be green steady.)
has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or that the LED
indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for the LED to
indicate alarms.)
now inactive.
Step 13 is verifying the OK Limits. OK Limits are shown in

Appendix D.
13.) To test the OK Limits adjust the DC power supply to -9.00 Volt.
Verify that the channel status is OK. Gradually increase (more
negative) the power supply voltage over the upper OK limit.
8-35
flashing. (Note the other channel should be OK or you cannot use

the LED as an indicator.) Adjust the power supply voltage back to
-9.00 Volt and verify that channel status is OK. Decrease the
power supply voltage (more positve) below the lower OK limit
and verify that the channel status is not OK
14.) Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect Vt, COM, and SIG
to the OK state.
Verifying 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Acceleration Channel

Filter Corner Frequencies
The procedure for testing these parameters is to simulate an
Acceleration signal with a function generator and power supply. The
corner frequencies are verified by setting the signal frequency at the
filter corner and verifying the correct amplitude.
If the channel units are
integrated, change the
configuration to a nonintegrated full scale range to
test the filters. After you are
finished return the channel to
its original configuration.
Use the test equipment setup, verification frequency calculation, and

full scale voltage calculations shown in the section on Verifying
1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Acceleration Channels.
1.) Disconnect the Vt, SIG, and COM field wiring from the terminals
on the terminal base.
2.) Connect the test equipment. The signal is input to the SIG
terminal and the test equipment is referenced to COM.
3.) Calculate the Verification Frequency using the procedure in the
previous section. Adjust the function generator to the verification
frequency using a sinewave.
4.) Calculate the Full Scale Voltage using the procedure in the
referenced section. Adjust the function generator to the full scale
voltage.
5.) Verify that the Direct value at the HMI reads correctly.
6.) Adjust the function generator frequency to the low pass filter
and 75% of full scale. If you are using the 1701/06 Isolator
Terminal Base with internal isolators you may need to account for
the amplitude frequency response of the internal isolator. See the
specification in Appendix E.
7.) Adjust the function generator frequency to the high pass filter
and 75% of full scale. If you are using the 1701/06 Isolator
Terminal Base with internal isolators you may need to account for
the amplitude frequency response of the internal isolator. See the
specification in Appendix E.
8.) If the reading does not meet specification, check the input signal.
If the monitor still does not meet specification, go to the section
on If a Channel Fails a Verification Test, page 8-38.
8-36
9.) Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect A and B field wiring
to the channel terminals on the terminal base. Verify that the
channel returns to the OK state.
10.) Return the channel to its original configuration.
11.) Repeat steps 1 through 10 for other configured channels.
8-37
If a Channel Fails a Verification Test

When the internal galvanic
isolators are used it effects
accuracy, offset, and
frequency response.
Before a channel is failed
check the isolator specification
in Appendix E.
1.) Replace the module with a spare. Refer to Chapter 3 for

installation instructions and to Chapter 10 for ordering
information.
2.) Return the faulty module to Bently Nevada Corporation for
repair. Be sure to describe the symptoms of the problem, the
configuration of the monitor, and the test it failed.
3.) Verify the operation of the spare.
Internal Proximitor
Module Verification
The transducer system does not require verification at regular

intervals. You should, however, verify operation by using the
scale factor verification procedure explained below if any of the
following conditions occur:
components of the system are replaced or disturbed
the performance of the system changes or becomes erratic
you suspect that the transducer is not calibrated correctly
The scale factor verification procedure requires the following

instruments:
3 1/2 digit multimeter
spindle micrometer
The scale factor verification procedure uses the test setup as shown in
the following figure:
Channel Identification
K 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B 5A 5B
Probe, Target, and Spindle

Micrometer
K(Ch A only)
8-38
Sensor Identification
Scale Factor Verification
3
500 m
or
20 mil
Multimeter
460 m
or
18 mil
-3.00 0.1 Vdc
200 m
or
8 mil
500 m
or
20 mil
Set the micrometer to 18 mils

and then back it out to 20 mils
being careful not to reverse the
direction of travel during this
operation. Backing the
micrometer compensates for
mechanical backlash.
250 m
or
10 mil
Adjust the gap to electrical zero

by moving the probe until the
multimeter reads
-3.00 0.1 Vdc.
Multimeter
Increments:
250 m
or
10 mil
Record multimeter readings in

10 mil increments from 10 to 90
mils in the table to the right and
calculate ISF and ASF values.
Adjust
Micrometer
to...
m or mil
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
250
500
750
1000
1250
1500
1725
2000
2250
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Adjust the micrometer until it

reads 8 mils and back it out to
10 mils. Again, be careful not to
reverse the direction of rotation
while approaching 10 mils.
Record
Voltages
Calculate Scale Factor
ISFn
ASF
mVdcn
(Incremental
Scale Factor)
(Average
Scale Factor)
________
________
________
________
________
________
________
________
________
________
________
________
________
________
________
________
________
Note: For the 170150 internal Proximitor Sensor, the readings

should be recorded from 10 to 70 mils. Also, replace the 2000 m
with 1500 m and replace the 80 mils with 60 mils when calculating
the ASF for the 170150 Proximitor module.
8-39
ISFn (mV/mm) =
mVdc n - 1 mVdc n
0.250 mm
ISFn (mV / mil) =
mVdc n - 1 mVdc n
10 mil
ASF(mV/mm) =
mVdc 250 mm - mVdc 2250 mm

2.00 mm
ASF(mV / mil) =
mVdc 10 mil - mVdc 90 mil

80 mil
If the incremental scale factor (ISF) or the average scale factor (ASF)
of the system is out of tolerance, contact Bently Nevada Corporation
for further information on possible calibration problems.
Transducer I/O
Module Verification
The transducer I/O modules are verified as part of the Monitor

Verification procedure. If you suspect a problem with a
transducer I/O module you should replace it with a spare. If the
problem goes away then replace the faulty I/O module.
Internal Galvanic
Isolator
The internal isolators are verified as part of the Monitor

Verification procedure. If you suspect a problem with an
internal isolator you should replace it with a spare. If the
problem goes away then replace the faulty isolator.
24 Volt Power
Supply Verification
Apply power and verify that the power supply OK LED is on

steady. If the OK LED is not on steady, go to Troubleshooting,
page 9-1.
8-40
Chapter 9
Chapter
Troubleshooting
This chapter describes how to troubleshoot problems with:
System
Troubleshooting
the system
monitors
internal Proximitor modules
transducer I/O modules
internal isolators
power supply
This section describes some methods to troubleshoot

communication problems. These types of communication
problems are identified by a fault condition on the adapter
LEDs or system software.
Communication Problems
Application Alert:
POWER SEQUENCING
If certain types of adapters are
powered before the
FieldMonitor system then the
adapter may not detect the
1701 modules.
Sequence power so that the
FieldMonitor system and the
adapter power at the same
time.
The network adapters have a set of indicator LEDs on their top panel.
Use the adapters manual to identify the LED fault indications.
Typically, the network management software or the adapter LEDs
will help you determine if the problem is on the network side or on
the Flexbus side (local). For example an Allen-Bradley 1794 ACN
will indicate a missing module by a red STATUS LED.
If the problem is on the network use your network, adapter, and
controller documentation to troubleshoot the problem.
If the problem is local then use your adapter and Flex
documentation plus the steps below to troubleshoot the problem. The
most common fault is mismatch between the installed modules and
the configuration.
1.) Verify that the configuration loaded in the controller is valid and
matches the type, position, and number of the 1701 monitors and
Flex modules.
After correcting configuration,
controller, or installation
problems, be sure that the
configuration is sent to the
adapter.
One way to do this is to cycle
power to the adapter and
modules. This will generally
force the controller to transfer
configuration to the adapter.
2.) Verify that your adapter has the correct address.

3.) Verify that all the modules are installed properly in the correct
position according to their configuration. (If a monitor is removed
under power it will generate a fault.). If you change configuration,
cycle power to the adapter and the FieldMonitor system.
4.) Verify that the 1701 Slot Offset switch is correctly set. See
Setting the Slot Offset Switch in Chapter 3. After you reinstall
the power supply, cycle power.
5.) Verify the connection of the 1701 terminal base to FlexBus. See
Chapter 3, Installation. Check for bent pins in the Flex male
connectors. Replace any bad parts, cycle power to the adapter and
the FieldMonitor system, and recheck.
6.) If none of the above solve the problem, then you may have a
faulty module, terminal base, or adapter. The likelyhood of this is
low and you should make sure you have adequately explored
configuration and installation.
7.) If you cannot communicate to a particular 1701 monitor, then
replace it with the same type and cycle power to the adapter and
the FieldMonitor system.
8.) If none of the monitors in any slot in the terminal base can be
made to communicate, then replace the terminal base.
Monitor
Troubleshooting
This section shows how to interpret fault information from the

monitors status word and LED. Information here applies to the
1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor and 1701/25 Seismic Input
Monitor.
Monitor LED Fault Conditions

STATUS LED
OFF
Conditions
Power is off, LED is defective,
monitor is defective, or power
supply is defective
Green flashing at 1 Hz
Monitor is communicating on
Flexbus but is not configured.
Green steady
Monitor is configured and monitor

and transducers are OK.
One or both channels are in Alarm.
Recoverable fault such as: one or
both transducers are Not OK,
Monitor is in Timed OK Channel
Defeat, the monitor is Not OK, or
the configuration is not valid
Alternate green/red flashing

Red flashing at 1 Hz
Red steady
9-2
Non-recoverable fault
Indicated Actions
Verify that the power supply OK
LED is on. Verify that the monitor is
installed correctly and there is not a
field wiring fault. If the problem
persists replace the monitor
Cycle power. Verify that the
configuration is correct for the slot
and module type. See
Communication Problems above.
Module is operating normally.
Read the monitors Monitor Read

Status Word to determine the
specific condition. See the section
below for configuration faults.
A common fault is transducer field
wiring is faulted or transducer I/O
module is not installed.
Cycle power. If the problem
persists, check the entire system.
Replace the module.
Chapter 9 Troubleshooting
Monitor Status Codes

The monitor status is returned in bits 12, 13, 14, and 15 of the Read
Status Word, word 5 in the I/O data table for the 1701/15 and 1701/25
monitors.
The table below shows the monitor status code in binary, the
condition(s), and the indicated action.
Code
Condition
Indicated Action
Unconfigured
Ch A is OK and Ch B is
NOT OK
Ch A is NOT OK and Ch B
is OK
Ch A is NOT OK and Ch B
is NOT OK
Configuration fault on Ch A.
Ch B is OK
Send configuration.
Verify that the channel B transducer, field wiring, and
transducer I/O module are installed and correct.
Verify that the channel A transducer, field wiring, and
Verify that the transducer, field wiring, and transducer
I/O module are installed and correct.
An invalid configuration has been downloaded for
channel A. Verify that the monitor is correctly
configured and check for configuration
incompatibilities on channel A. (See the table below
for a list of configuration checks and how to look for
incompatibility problems)
channel A. Verify that the monitor is correctly
incompatibilities on channel A. (See the table below
compatibility problems)
Verify that the channel B transducer, field wiring, and
channel B. Verify that the monitor is correctly
incompatibilities on channel B. (See the table below
channel B. Verify that the monitor is correctly
incompatibilities on channel B. (See the table below
Verify that the channel A transducer, field wiring, and
An invalid configuration has been downloaded. Verify
that the monitor is correctly configured, in the correct
slot, and check for configuration incompatibilities on
both channels. (See the table below for a list of
configuration checks and how to look for compatibility
problems)
MSB
0
0
0
0
0
0
LSB
0
1
Configuration fault on Ch A
and Ch B is NOT OK
Ch A is OK and there is a
configuration fault on Ch B.
Ch A is NOT OK and there

is a configuration fault on
Ch B.
Configuration faults on Ch A
and Ch B.
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Hardware fault
Verify that the Power Supply is operating correctly.

Check the monitors field wiring connections. Check
other field wiring connections. Cycle power. If the
problem persists replace the monitor.
9-3

Code
MSB
1
Condition
LSB
1
Indicated Action
Module OK and operating

normally.
The 1701/15 and 1701/25 monitors will check certain configuration

options for compatibility. If incompatible options are detected a
configuration fault status is returned.
The configuration options checked by the monitors are:
Monitor Internal Compatibility Check
Transducer vs. barrier option
Transducer selections on the two channels are
compatible
Transducer vs. full scale range vs. trip multiply

Setpoints are in range
Over/Under setpoints are not crossed
Selected filter option codes are valid choices
Velocity channel filter corner frequencies are at least 2
octaves apart
High pass filter selection for 1701/25 channels is
compatible with signal processing
1701/25 full scale range vs Acceleration Monitor Type
Comments
Certain transducer types are not approved for use with
safety barriers or certain types of safety barriers.
When using Dual Internal Proximitor Modules both
channels must be configured as the same type. If one
channel is configured as a 3000 series 18 volt
Proximitor Sensor then the other channel must be the
same.
Certain transducer types have range limitations.
Direct setpoints must be in the range of 0 to 200. This
is a boundary check.
Over and under setpoints must not be crossed. The
over setpoint must be greater than the under setpoint.
Filter option tables contain reserved codes that cannot
be selected.
For velocity channels it is possible to set high pass and
low pass filters close enough together to degrade
passband performance.
For Velocity channels configured for rms or integration
and Acceleration channels configured for rms, the high
pass corner can be no lower than 10 Hz. Acceleration
channels configured for integration cannot have a high
pass corner below 20 Hz
The 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor can be configured
for three types of Acceleration Input Monitor. A type 1
acceleration monitor does not allow integration on
either channel.
Tables showing option compatibility can be found using the table

below.
Monitor and Channel Type
1701/15 configured for radial vibration channels
1701/15 configured for thrust position channels
1701/25 configured for Velocity or Velomitor sensors
1701/25 configured for Acceleration sensors
Internal Proximitor
Module
Troubleshooting
9-4
Appendix
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix C
Appendix D
This section shows how to interpret a fault indication and

isolate faults in an installed transducer system. Before
beginning this procedure, be sure the system has been installed
correctly and all connectors have been secured properly in the
correct locations.
Definitions and Symbols

Symbol
Definition
A>B
A<B
A=B
"A" value is more positive than "B"

"A" value is more negative than "B"
"A" same value (or very close) to "B"
Vsig
Voltage measured at the BNC

connector on the terminal base.
Disconnect
Connect
Inspect
When a malfunction occurs, locate the appropriate fault, check the

probable causes for the fault indication, and follow the procedure to
isolate and correct the fault. Use a digital voltmeter to measure
voltage.
Fault
-1 Vdc < VSIG < 0 Vdc
Possible Causes
Probe is incorrectly gapped (too close to target)
Faulty internal Proximitor Sensor
Probe is detecting other material than target (counterbore or machine case)
Short or open circuit in a connector (dirty)
Short or open circuit in the probe
Probe is connected to the incorrect connector on the internal Proximitor
module
Voltmeter is connected to incorrect channel on terminal base
Is the probe gapped correctly?

Are the counterbore dimensions correct?
Are the connectors connected to the correct
channel?
No
Take corrective
action and retest
the system.
Yes
9-5
Yes
Inspect for clean connection.

Dirty, rusty, poor connection?
Clean connector,
reassemble, and
retest the system
No
RTOTAL
Measure resistance, RTOTAL:

Within specifications?
170133 series
5 m system: 8.75 0.70
9 m system: 9.87 0.90
14 m system: 11.27 1.15
170150 series
5m system: 5.3 0.70
7m system: 5.9 0.90
Yes
170172 series
5 m system: 6.97 0.80
9 m system: 10.00 1.2
No
9-6
Faulty Internal
Proximitor
Sensor
RPROBE
Measure resistance, RPROBE:

For 3300 series
or 3300 XL series: 7.3 + 0.28 /m (7.3 + 0.087 /ft) 0.50
For 3300 RAM series
or 3300 NSv series: 3.9 + 0.28 /m (3.9 + 0.087 /ft) 0.50
For 7200 series: 3.3 + 0.738 /m (7.3 + 0.225 /ft) 0.50
No
Faulty probe
Yes
9-7
RJACKET
RCORE
Measure resistance, RJACKET and RCORE.

For 3300 ,3300 XL, 3300 RAM, or 3300 NSv series extension cable:
Center conductor (RCORE) 0.222 /m (0.067 /ft)
Shield (RJACKET) 0.066 /m (0.020 /ft)
For a 7200 series extension cable:
Center conductor (RCORE) 0.74 /m (0.225 /ft)
Shield (RJACKET) 0.06 /m (0.017 /ft)
Yes
Contact a Bently Nevada Product
Service representative
9-8
No
Faulty Extension
Cable
Fault
-26.8 V < VSIG < -23.1 V
Possible causes
Faulty internal Proximitor Sensor
Probe is incorrectly gapped (too far from target)
No
Measure VSIG:
-1.2 Vdc < VSIG < -0.3 Vdc?
Faulty Internal
Proximitor
Sensor
Yes
Reconnect system
Regap the probe
Retest system
Transducer I/O
Module
Troubleshooting
This section shows how to interpret a fault indication and isolate

faults in a transducer I/O module. Before beginning this procedure,
be sure the system has been installed correctly and all connectors
have been secured properly in the correct locations.
When a malfunction occurs, locate the appropriate fault, check the
probable causes for the fault indication, and follow the procedure to
isolate and correct the fault. Use a digital voltmeter to measure
voltage.
9-9
Fault
-1 Vdc < Vsig < 0 Vdc
Possible causes
System is not powered or power supply is faulty.
System is powered, but I/O Module is not supplying power to
transducer(faulty I/O Module)
Transducer field wiring is incorrectly installed. Check wiring
Transducer is faulty. Refer to transducer operation manual.
If system is powered properly and connections are all correct:
Is the I/O module supplying the correct voltage to the transducer?

Check Vxdcr at the terminal base by disconnecting the transducer field
wiring and measuring the voltage across the terminals as indicated.
Reference the table below for correct voltages and the table on page 312 for which terminals to measure across.
No
Faulty I/O
module or power
supply
Yes
Problem with transducer. Refer to transducer
operation manual.
Transducer supply voltages for various transducer I/O modules when

the transducer is disconnected.
Transducer Supply Voltages
(Measure at the terminal base with respect to common and with transducer
wiring disconnected)
Transducer I/O
1701/05 Terminal
1701/06 Isolator
Module Type
Base System
Terminal Base
System.
(use hazardous side
common)
Vt A or Vt B
Vt A or Vt B
Expected Range
Expected Range
-24.3 Vdc to 25.7 Vdc
-23.3 Vdc to 25.0 Vdc
170180-01-xx
170180-05-xx
9-10
-17.2 Vdc to 18.6 Vdc
Not Applicable
Transducer Supply Voltages

(Measure at the terminal base with respect to common and with transducer
wiring disconnected)
Transducer I/O
1701/05 Terminal
1701/06 Isolator
Module Type
Base System
Terminal Base System
(use hazardous side
common)
Expected
Expected
Expected
Expected
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Range at
Range at
Range at
Range at
Terminal
Terminal
Terminal
Terminal
A, (in Vdc) B, (in Vdc) A, (in Vdc) B, (in Vdc)
170180-02-xx
(or Ch B of 170180-04xx)
-4.8 to
5.2
-6.3 to
6.7
-4.8 to
5.2
-6.3 to
6.7
Transducer Supply Voltages for Velomitor sensors

(Measure with at the terminal base with respect to common , transducer
wiring disconnected, and a 4 K resistor between terminals A and B.)
Transducer I/O
1701/05 Terminal
1701/06 Isolator
Module Type
Base System
Terminal Base System
(use hazardous side
common)
Expected
Expected
Expected
Expected
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Range at
Range at
Range at
Range at
Terminal
Terminal
Terminal
Terminal
A, (in Vdc) B, (in Vdc) A, (in Vdc) B, (in Vdc)
170180-03-xx
(or Ch A of 170180-04xx)
Internal Isolator
Troubleshooting
0.05 to
0.05
-11.75 to
15.75
0.05 to
0.05
-11.75 to
15.75
This section shows how to interpret a fault indication and

isolate faults in an internal galvanic isolator. Before beginning
this procedure, be sure the system has been installed correctly
and all connectors have been secured properly in the correct
locations.
Fault
Possible Cause
-1 Vdc < Vsig < 0 Vdc
System is not powered or power supply is faulty.

System is powered, but I/O Module is not supplying
power to transducer (faulty I/O Module)
System is powered, but Isolator is not supplying power
to I/O module or is not passing signal correctly (faulty
Isolator)
Transducer field wiring is incorrectly installed. Check
wiring
Transducer is faulty. Refer to transducer operation
manual.
If power is on, correct modules are installed, and wiring is correct

then:
1. Disconnect the transducer field wiring.
9-11
2. Perform the checks described above in the section about

Transducer I/O Module Troubleshooting. If the checks indicate
a faulty I/O module then replace the Isolator with a spare and rerun the checks. If the transducer supply voltages are now correct
then replace the original Isolator. If the transducer supply voltages
are not correct then replace the I/O module.
3. Re-connect the transducer and verify the channel returns to the
OK state.
4. If the channel does not return to proper behavior then either the
transducer is bad or a more complex fault exists in the Isolator or
I/O module. In this case, you can run the appropriate Verification
procedure in Chapter 8 to determine if the Monitor, Isolator, and
Transducer I/O Module set is operating correctly.
24 Volt Power
Supply
Troubleshooting
If the power supply OK LED is OFF, this may indicate a power

supply problem.
Use this procedure to troubleshoot a power supply problem:
Caution
Do not touch the heatsink.
The heatsink may be hot
and could cause burns to
exposed skin.
1. Verify that the green status LEDs on the monitors are off. If they
are on then the power supply OK LED may be defective. Replace
the power supply.
2. Verify that the +24 Vdc source to the terminal base is on, within
specification, and wired to the base correctly, (reverse wiring will
blow the power supply fuse). If the power input wiring is
miswired then change the fuse and correct the wiring.
3. Remove installed modules one at a time and observe the power
supply OK LED. If the LED comes back on steady after removal
of a module then check the field wiring for the module. If the
field wiring is not faulted then replace the module
4. If you have completed steps 1 and 2 and have removed all the
modules in the base as described in step 3, and the power supply
OK LED is still off, then replace the power supply.
5. If you have completed step 4 and the power supply OK LED is
still off, then replace the terminal base.
Changing the fuse
Caution
Do not touch the heatsink.
The heatsink may be hot
and could cause burns to
exposed skin.
9-12
1. Remove the power supply from the base, turn it over, and remove
the fuse.
2. Replace the fuse with a fuse of the same rating. See Power Supply
Specifications in Appendix E.
fuse
3. Reinstall the power supply.
9-13
9-14
Chapter 10
Chapter
Ordering Information
Use the part numbers listed in this chapter to order spare parts or
additional components for your FieldMonitor system.
FieldMonitor (1701)
System
Configuration
Software
Part Description
Terminal Base
Isolator Terminal Base
24 Volt Power Supply
Part number
1701/05 - 01
1701/06 - 01
1701/10 - 01
1701/15 - 01
1701/25 - 01
Part Description
FieldMonitor Configuration
Applet for RSLogix5
Part number
1701/01-01, User Package
FieldMonitor Configuration
Profile for RSLogix5000,
1701/02-01, User Package
1701/01-02, Integrator Package
1701/02-02, Integrator Package
1701 Internal Dual

Galvanic Isolator
Part Description
Dual Galvanic Isolator
1701 Transducer I/O

Modules
Part number 170180 -
Part number
170190-01
A
A
B
-
I/O Module Type

01
02
03
04
05
Dual Proximitor/ Accelerometer I/O Module

Dual Velomitor I/O Module
Velomitor A & Velocity B I/O Module
Dual -18 V Proximitor I/O Module
Hazardous Area Approval
00
05
CSA Div II / LCIE Zone 2

Multi Agency
1701 Internal
Proximitor
Modules
3300 Series Dual Proximitor

Sensors
A
Part number 170133 A
B
-
Proximitor type
050
090
140
3300 Internal Dual 5 metre Proximitor Sensor


00
05

Multi Agency
3300 NSv
Series Dual Proximitor
Sensor
A
B
-
Proximitor Type
070
3300 NSv Internal Dual 7 metre Proximitor Sensor

00
CSA Div II
7200 Series Dual Proximitor

Sensor
A
Proximitor Type
050 7200 Internal Dual 5 metre Proximitor Sensor
090 7200 Internal Dual 9 metre Proximitor Sensor
00
05
1701 Proximity
Transducer System
Cables
B
-

Multi-Agency
3300 XL Series 5 & 8mm Proximity Transducer

System Extension Cables
Refer to the datasheet (p/n 141194-01), the 3300 XL manual (p/n
141078-01), or contact your Bently Nevada representative for other
cable information.
10-2
Chapter 10 Ordering Information
7200 Series 5 & 8mm Proximity Transducer System

Extension Cables
Refer to the 7200 series 5 & 8mm manual (p/n TW8026800) or
contact your Bently Nevada representative for cable information.
3300 NSv
Series Proximity Transducer System
Extension Cables
Refer to the datasheet (p/n 147385-01), 3300 NSv series manual
(p/n 147357-01), or contact your Bently Nevada representative for
cable information.
1701 Proximity
Transducer System
Probes
The 170133 3300 series internal Proximitor module will work

with any standard 3300 or 3300 XL series 5 or 8 mm probe.
Use the manual (p/n 141708-01 for 8mm or p/n 86130-01 for
5mm probes) or datasheet (p/n 141194-01 or 141605-01) for
these parts.
The 170150 3300 NSv series internal Proximitor module
will work with any standard 3300 NSv or RAM probe. Use
the manual (p/n 147357-01) or datasheet (p/n 147385-01) for
these parts.
The 170172 7200 series internal Proximitor module will work
with any standard 7200 series 5 or 8 mm probe. Use the manual
(p/n TW8026800) for these parts.
1701 Cables
1701 Dynamic Cable

The dynamic cable is used to connect the buffered dynamic signals to
a patch panel.
A
B
Cable Length in feet

005
007
010
025
050
100
5 ft
7 ft
10 ft
25 ft
50 ft
100 ft
Cable Assembly
00
02
Unassembled
Assembled
10-3
Accessories
Part
Number
01700025
139193-01
02200492
02200493
Part Description
Spare fuse for the 1701/10 Power Supply
Blank Slot Cover Kit. Use to cover blank monitor,
galvanic isolator, or transducer i/o slots in the terminal
bases.
Allen-Bradley 1794 CE1Flex IO 0.3 meter extension
cable
Allen-Bradley 1794 CE3Flex IO 0.9 meter extension
cable
Flex Network
Adapters
Bently
Nevada
Part
Number
02200360
02200361
02200379
02200179
ControlNet
ControlNet,
redundant
media
Allen-Bradley
Remote I/O
DeviceNet
Profibus DP
02200381
Modbus
02200378
10-4
Description
Manufacturer
Manufacturer Part
Number
Allen-Bradley
Allen-Bradley
1794 ACN
1794 ACNR
Allen-Bradley
1794 ASB
Allen-Bradley
Prosoft
Technology
Prosoft
Technology
1794 ADN
3170 PDP
3170 MBS
Chapter 10 Ordering Information
FieldMonitor
Enclosure
Part Description
Stainless steel Type 4X (IP 64)
enclosure for the 1701/05
Terminal Base
See the 1701/50 Installation
Guide, part number: 143815-01
Part number
1701/50 - AA BB
Option AA: Determines if subpanel and
din rail is installed.
AA = 00: Installation hardware not
provided.
AA = 01 Installation hardware provided
Option BB: Determines quantity of
included conduit hub fittings
BB = 00: No conduit fittings included
BB = 01: 4 inch NPT conduit hubs
This enclosure can mount a single 1701/05 Terminal Base. It is a 316

stainless steel Type 4/IP 64 enclosure. It can be ordered with a
subpanel pre-installed with DIN rail and terminal base mounting holes
pre-drilled and tapped. Conduit hubs can also be included as hardware
but knockouts must be done in the field.
10-5
10-6
CHA GAP
CHB DIRECT
CHB GAP
MON & CHAN

STATUS
CHA XDCR &
SCALE
FACTOR
CHB XDCR &
SCALE
FACTOR
CHA F.S.R. &
GAP
SETPOINT
CHB F.S.R. &
GAP
SETPOINT
CH B GAP
SETPOINTS
CHA DIRECT
SETPOINTS
CHB DIRECT
SETPOINTS
FILTER
CONFIG
ALARM TIME
DELAYS
CONTROL
READ
READ
READ
READ
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
Word
8
Word
9
Word
10
Word
11
Word
12
Word
13
Word
14
Word
15
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
Word
7
WRITE
CH A DIRECT
READ
Word
1
Word
2
Word
3
Word
4
Word
5
Word
6
M.S.W
READ
Description
Word
0
Comm.
Direction
13
r/w
error
14
S.A.
& r/w
error
1
12
0
11
1
10
9
0
8
1
MON
STAT
MON
STAT
CHB
TOK
Enabled
BAR
MSb
BAR
LSb
MON
TYPE
CHA
ON OR
OFF
MON
TYPE
CHA
ON
MON
RST
CHA LP Corner
CHB Scale Factor
CHA Scale Factor
CHA
TOK
Enabled
CHA Alert Time Delay

SET
CONFIG
MON
STAT
CHA Danger Time Delay
CHA HP Corner
CHB Danger Setpoint
CHA Danger Setpoint
CHB Gap Over Alert Setpoint
CHB Full Scale Range
CHA Full Scale Range
CHB Transducer Type
CHA Transducer Type
MON
STAT
16 Bit Value Scaled 0 to -24,000 counts = 0 to -24Volts
CHB
ON OR
OFF
CHB
ON
CHA
DNGR
ACTIVE
CHB
ALERT
ACTIVE
CHA
TM
MSb
CHA
TM
LSb
CHB
TM
MSb
CHB Danger Time Delay
CHB HP Corner
CHB Alert Setpoint
CHA Alert Setpoint
CHB Gap Under Alert Setpoint
CHA Gap Under Alert Setpoint
CHA Gap Over Alert Setpoint
CHA
ALERT
ACTIVE
16 Bit Proportional Value (0 - 1000 counts proportional to 0 to 100% of the full scale range)
S.A.
error
15
CHB
TM
LSb
CHB
DNGR
ACTIVE
CHB
TM
ACTIVE
CHA
TM
ENA
CHB
TM
ENA
CHB Alert Time Delay
CHB LP Corner
CHA
TM
ACTIVE
Data Tables for the 1701/15 Radial Vibration Monitor
CHA
INH
CHA
INH
ACTIVE
Appendix A
Appendix
CHB INH
CHB INH
ACTIVE
A-2
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
1701/15 Radial Vibration Monitor

1 through 4
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
16-bit Proportional Value
16-bit Value scaled 0 to -24000 counts = 0 to -24 V
Channel Direct Proportional Value and Channel Gap
Word
1
2
3
4
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
14
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
Bit Description
Bits
13
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
12
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Monitor Status
8
Ch B
ON

Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Monitor Status
10
Ch A
Ch B
Ch A
TOK
TOK
ON
enabled enabled

5
15
14
13
12
11
Monitor and Channel Status
Ch A
Alert
Active
5
Ch B
Alert
Active
4
Ch B
Danger
Active
Ch A TM Ch B TM Ch A INH Ch B
Active
Active
active
INH
active
Settings
0 = inhibit not active
1 = inhibit active
Channel Inhibit Status

bits
1 = Channel A
0 = Channel B
A-3
Settings
0 = trip multiply not active
1 = trip multiply active
Settings
0 = alarm not active
1 = alarm active
Settings
0 = channel is off
1 = channel is on
Trip Multiply Status

bits
3 = Channel A
2 = Channel B

bits
7 = Channel A alert
alarm status
6 = Channel A danger
alarm status
5 = Channel B alert
alarm status
4 = Channel B danger
alarm status
Channel ON/OFF (ON)

bits
9 = Channel A
8 = Channel B
Timed OK Channel Defeat (TOK)

bits
Settings
11 = Channel A
Radial vibration monitors
10 = Channel B
have TOK always enabled
(bits set to 11).
Ch A
Danger
Active
Appendix A Data Tables for the 1701/15 Radial Vibration Monitor
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A-4
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
Bits
14 13
0
0
0
0
0
1
15
0
0
0
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
12
0
1
0

External 3300 or 3300 XL series 8mm
or 5 mm, includes 330800 PROXPAC
External 7200 5/8mm
External 3300 RAM or External 3300 XL
NSv
Internal 3300 NSv
Transducer Type
Word
6
7
Example:
Transducer: 3300 5 mm
Scale Factor: 200 mV/mil (ActualScaleFactor)
From the table: MinScaleFactor = 170 mV/mil
SF_AdjustSpan = 60 mV
Convert the result, ScaleFactor_Offset, to an unsigned 12 bit binary integer and

load this integer into bits 11 through 0 (11 = most significant bit and 0 = least
significant bit).
= the decimal offset value. Always a positive

number.
= the actual transducer scale factor, (or nominal if
the actual is not known).
= the minimum allowed scale factor.
= the span.
ActualScaleFactor - MinScaleFactor 4095
SF_ AdjustSpan
ScaleFactor_Offset = Integer {[ (200 - 170)/60] x (4095) } = 2048

Convert to binary: 1000 0000 0000
3.
MinScaleFactor
SF_AdjustSpan
ActualScaleFactor
where:
ScaleFactor_Offset
ScaleFactor_ Offset = Integer
To calculate the offset:

1. Use the table showing Transducer Type vs. Scale Factor Range (next page) to
determine the allowed range span and the minimum scale factor for the
transducer you are using. The actual transducer scale factor must be within the
range.
2. Calculate the scale factor offset:
Transducer scale factor

The actual value loaded in the data table is a positive offset from the minimum scale
factor.

6 and 7
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
Channel A Transducer Type
Channel A Scale Factor
Channel B Transducer Type
Channel B Scale Factor
Transducer Type and Transducer Scale Factor
3300 RAM
-18 Volt 3000
7200 series
7200 series
External 3300 XL
NSv
Internal 3300 NSv
External
11 mm
External
14 mm
External
series
External
Internal 3300 series

8mm or 5mm
8mm or 5mm
External 3300 or 3300
XL series 8mm or 5
mm, includes 330800
PROXPAC
External 7200 5/8mm
Proximitor Sensors
Transducer Type
170
(6.69)
170
(6.69)
170
(6.69)
170
(6.69)
85
(3.346)
85
(3.346)
170
(6.69)
170
(6.69)
170
(6.69)
170
(6.69)
200
(7.87)
100
(3.937)
100
(3.937)
200
(7.87)
200
(7.87)
200
(7.87)
200
(7.87)
230
(9.05)
115
(4.527)
115
(4.527)
230
(9.05)
230
(9.05)
230
(9.05)
230
(9.05)
230
(9.05)
230
(9.05)
230
(9.05)
Scale Factors
mV/mil (mV/ m )
Minimum Maximum
200
(7.87)
200
(7.87)
200
(7.87)
Nominal
Transducer Type vs Scale Factor

60
(2.36)
30
(1.181)
30
(1.181)
60
(2.36)
60
(2.36)
60
(2.36)
60
(2.36)
Adjustment
Span
60
(2.36)
60
(2.36)
60
(2.36)
A-5
A-6
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Bits
14 13
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
12
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0 - 3 mils
0 - 5 mils
0 - 10 mils
0 - 15 mils
0 - 20 mils
0 - 100 um
0 - 125 um
0 - 150 um
0 - 200 um
0 - 250 um
0 - 300 um
0 - 400 um
0 - 500 um
7
6
5
4
3
2
Channel A Over Alarm 1 (Alert) Gap Setpoint
Channel A Under Alarm 1 (Alert) Gap Setpoint
Channel B Under Alarm 1 (Alert) Gap Setpoint
Word
8
9
10
= 114 decimal, rounded to closest integer
5.
4.
= 0101 0000 binary

Load the binary values for over and under gap setpoint into the appropriate setpoint fields.
= 80 decimal, rounded to closest integer
= - 8.006 V
Scale the under gap setpoint.
240 - 8.006
Under setpoint
=
24
= 0111 0010 binary

3. Calculate the voltage for the under gap setpoint.
Under setpoint
= - 9.14 + (6 0.189)
2.
= - 11.408 V
Scale the over gap setpoint.
240 - 11.408
Over setpoint
=
24
1. Calculate the voltage for the over gap setpoint.

Over setpoint
= - 9.14 - (12 0.189)
Alarm Gap Setpoint

To set gap alarm setpoints load the setpoint field with an unsigned binary 8-bit integer scaled between
0 and 240 decimal. A setpoint of 240 corresponds to -24 Volt DC (full scale) and 0 corresponds to 0
Volts. The gap over alarm setpoint is the higher value. The setpoint resolution is 0.10 Volt. For a
proximity transducer system with a scale factor of 200 mV/mil the resolution is 0.5 mils.
Example:
Monitor type:
Radial Vibration
Scale factor:
189 mV/mil
Transducer type:
Internal 7200 5 mm
Probe gap:
-9.14 V
Gap full-scale range:
24 V
Over alarm setpoint:
12 mils over gap
Under alarm setpoint: 6 mils under gap

8, 9, 10
15
14
13
12
11
10
Channel A Full-scale Range
(not used)
Channel B Full-scale Range
(not used)
Channel B Over Alarm 1 (Alert) Gap Setpoint
Full-scale Range and Alert Gap Setpoint
10
7
6
5
4
3
Channel A Alert (Alarm 1) Setpoint
Channel B Alert (Alarm 1) Setpoint
2.
= 1000 1100 binary

Load the binary value in the Channel A Alarm 2(Danger) setpoint field.
= 140 decimal
Calculate the binary value for the setpoint.

7
Setpoint
=
200
10
1.
Direct Alarm Setpoint

To set alarm setpoints load the setpoint field with an unsigned binary, 8-bit, integer scaled between 0
and 200 decimal. A setpoint of 200 corresponds to 100% of full scale and 0 corresponds to bottom
scale. The setpoint resolution will be 0.5% of the full scale range.
Example:
Full-scale range:
0 to 10 mil pp
Channel A Alarm 2 setpoint:
7 mil

11 and 12
15
14
13
12
11
Channel A Danger (Alarm 2) setpoint
Channel B Danger (Alarm 2) setpoint
Channel Setpoints
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
2
Word
11
12
A-7
A-8
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
Code
reserved
reserved
High Pass Corner Freq,

Hz
4
1

13
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
Channel A HP Corner
Channel A LP Corner
Channel High-pass and Low-pass Corner Frequency
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
Code
reserved
reserved
Low Pass Corner Freq,

Hz
4000
600
7
6
5
Channel B HP Corner
3
2
1
Channel B LP Corner
Word
13
Digital Code
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
7
6
5
4
Channel B Danger Time
Delay
Alarm Time Delay, seconds

0.15
0.20
0.30
0.50
0.60
1.00
2.00
3.00
5.00
6.00
10.00
20.00

14
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Channel A Danger Time
Channel A Alert Time Delay
Delay
Alarm Time Delay
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
3
2
1
0
Channel B Alert Time Delay
Word
14
A-9
BAR MSb
Bar LSb
Set Config
MON Type
MSb
MON Type
LSb
CHA ON\OFF
CHB ON\OFF
CHA TM MSb
CHA TM LSb
CHB TM MSb
CHB TM LSb
14
13
12
11
05
04
BAR
MSb
BAR
LSb
SET
CONFIG
A ON\OFF
B ON\OFF
A Trip Multiply MSb
A Trip Multiply LSb
Channel B Trip Multiply MSb

Channel B Trip Multiply LSb
Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
Monitor Type LSb
Monitor Type MSb
Set Configuration Flag Bit
Barrier Configuration LSb
Barrier Configuration MSb
Description
Monitor Reset
MON
RST
MON
TYPE

15
15
14
13
12
11
A-10
03 CHA TM En
Channel A Trip Multiply enable
02 CHB TM En
Channel B Trip Multiply enable
01 CHA INH
Channel A Inhibit
00 CHB INH
Channel B Inhibit
Where: MSb = most significant bit
LSb = least significant bit
09
08
07
06
10
Abbreviation
MON RST
Bit
15
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
Control Write Word
9
CHA
ON OR
OFF
8
CHB
ON OR
OFF
Lsb
0
1
0
1
5
CHB
TM
MSb
Safety Barrier
None
CHA
TM
LSb
4
CHB
TM
LSb
3
CHA
TM
ENA
Lsb
0
1
0
1
0 = disabled
1 = enabled
0 = not active
1 = active
Msb
0
0
1
1
0 = Channel off
1 = Channel on
Trip Multiply Level
None
1.5
2.0
3.0
0 = Monitor will not accept configuration. Operation will halt.

1 = Normal operation mode.
For Radial Vibration Monitors:
bit 11 = 0
bit 10 = 0
Msb
0
0
1
1
7
CHA
TM
MSb
Setting
0 = normal operation
1 = Reset
10
MON
TYPE
2
CHB
TM
ENA
1
CHA
INH
0
CHB INH
Word
15
Transducer Type
No Barriers
0 - 3 mil pp
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 15 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 125 um pp
0 - 150 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 250 um pp
0 - 300 um pp
0 - 400 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
0 - 3 mil pp
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 15 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 125 um pp
0 - 150 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 250 um pp
0 - 300 um pp
0 - 400 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
Full Scale Range

Internal Isolator
0 - 3 mil pp
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 15 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 125 um pp
0 - 150 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 250 um pp
0 - 300 um pp
0 - 400 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
0 - 3 mil pp
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 15 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 125 um pp
0 - 150 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 250 um pp
0 - 300 um pp
0 - 400 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
not applicable
External Zener
not applicable
Transducer Type vs. Full Scale Range vs. Trip Multiply for the Barrier Options
Compatibility Table
Trip
Multiply
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
A-11
A-12
External 7200 5/8mm
External 3300 or 3300 XL series 8mm or 5 mm, includes

330800 PROXPAC
Transducer Type

No Barriers
0 - 3 mil pp
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 15 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 125 um pp
0 - 150 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 250 um pp
0 - 300 um pp
0 - 400 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
0 - 3 mil pp
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 15 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 125 um pp
0 - 150 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 250 um pp
0 - 300 um pp
0 - 400 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
0 - 3 mil pp
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 15 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 125 um pp
0 - 150 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 250 um pp
0 - 300 um pp
0 - 400 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
Full Scale Range

Internal Isolator
0 - 3 mil pp
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 15 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 125 um pp
0 - 150 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 250 um pp
0 - 300 um pp
0 - 400 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
0 - 3 mil pp
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 15 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 125 um pp
0 - 150 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 250 um pp
0 - 300 um pp
0 - 400 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
not applicable
External Zener
0 - 3 mil pp
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 15 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 125 um pp
0 - 150 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 250 um pp
0 - 300 um pp
0 - 400 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
0 - 3 mil pp
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 15 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 125 um pp
0 - 150 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 250 um pp
0 - 300 um pp
0 - 400 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
not applicable
Trip
Multiply
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
External 3300 XL NSv or 3300 RAM
Transducer Type
No Barriers
0 - 3 mil pp
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 15 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 125 um pp
0 - 150 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 250 um pp
0 - 300 um pp
0 - 400 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
0 - 3 mil pp
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 15 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 125 um pp
0 - 150 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 250 um pp
0 - 300 um pp
0 - 400 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
0 - 3 mil pp
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 15 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 125 um pp
0 - 150 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 250 um pp
0 - 300 um pp
0 - 400 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
not applicable
0 - 3 mil pp
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 15 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 125 um pp
0 - 150 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 250 um pp
0 - 300 um pp
0 - 400 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
0 - 3 mil pp
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 15 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 125 um pp
0 - 150 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 250 um pp
0 - 300 um pp
0 - 400 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
External Zener
not applicable
Full Scale Range

Internal Isolator
0 - 3 mil pp
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 15 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 125 um pp
0 - 150 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 250 um pp
0 - 300 um pp
0 - 400 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
not applicable
A-13
Trip
Multiply
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
1.5X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
2X or less
1.5X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
1.5X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
2X or less
1.5X or less
A-14
Internal 3300 NSv
Transducer Type

No Barriers
0 - 3 mil pp
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 15 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 125 um pp
0 - 150 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 250 um pp
0 - 300 um pp
0 - 400 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
Full Scale Range

Internal Isolator
0 - 3 mil pp
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 15 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 125 um pp
0 - 150 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 250 um pp
0 - 300 um pp
0 - 400 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
External Zener
not applicable
Trip
Multiply
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
1.5X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
2X or less
1.5X or less
UOKV
-16.75
-16.75
-16.75
-16.75
-19.65
-16.75
-12.05
-12.55
-12.55
Internal Galvanic
Isolator
LOKV
UOKV
-2.75
-16.75
-2.75
-16.75
--2.75
-16.75
--2.75
-16.75
na
na
-2.75
-16.75
na
na
-2.45
-12.55
-2.45
-12.55
If no OK Limits are shown then that transducer type is not allowed with that barrier option.
LOKV
-2.75
-2.75
-2.75
-2.75
-3.60
-2.75
-2.45
-2.45
-2.45
Radial Vibration OK Limits

No Barriers

External 3300 or 3300 XL series 8mm or 5 mm, includes 330800 PROXPAC
External 7200 5/8mm
External 3300 XL NSv or 3300 RAM
Internal 3300 NSv
Transducer
A-15
External Zener
Barrier
LOKV
UOKV
na
na
na
na
-2.75
-16.75
-2.75
-16.75
na
na
na
na
na
na
-2.45
-12.55
na
na
Radial Vibration Transducer OK Limits vs. Transducer Type vs. Barrier Options
Compatibility Table
A-16
CH A DIRECT
CHA GAP
CHB DIRECT
CHB GAP
MON & CHAN

STATUS
CHA XDCR &
SCALE
FACTOR
CHB XDCR &
SCALE
FACTOR
CHA F.S.R. &
ZERO
POSITION
CHB F.S.R. &
ZERO
POSITION
CHA DIRECT
SETPOINTS
CHA DIRECT
SETPOINTS
CHB DIRECT
SETPOINTS
CHB DIRECT
SETPOINTS
ALARM TIME
DELAYS
CONTROL
READ
READ
READ
READ
READ
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
Word
8
Word
9
Word
10
Word
11
Word
12
Word
13
Word
14
Word
15
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
M.S.W
Description
READ
Word
7
Word
0
Word
1
Word
2
Word
3
Word
4
Word
5
Word
6
Comm.
Direction
14
13
12
11
10
MON
STAT
MON
STAT
CHB
TOK
Disabled
BAR
MSb
BAR
LSb
MON
TYPE
CHA
ON OR
OFF
MON
TYPE
CHA
ON
MON
RST
CHB Zero Position
CHA Zero Position
CHB Scale Factor
CHA Scale Factor
CHA
TOK
Disabled

SET
CONFIG
MON
STAT
CHB Direct Over Alert Setpoint
CHB Direct Over Danger Setpoint
CHA Direct Over Alert Setpoint
CHA Direct Over Danger Setpoint
CHB Transducer Type
CHA Transducer Type
MON
STAT
CHB
ON OR
OFF
CHB
ON
CHA
DNGR
ACTIVE
CHB
ALERT
ACTIVE
CHB
DNGR
ACTIVE
CHB Direct Under Alert Setpoint
CHB Direct Under Danger Setpoint
CHA Direct Under Alert Setpoint
CHA Direct Under Danger Setpoint
CHA
ALERT
ACTIVE
16 Bit Proportional Value (-500 counts to +500 counts proportional to 0 to 100 % of the full scale range)
S.A.
S.A. &
r/w error
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
error
r/w err
16 Bit Proportional Value (-500 counts to +500 counts proportional to 0 to 100 % of the full scale range)
15
Data Tables for the 1701/15 Thrust Monitor
CHB
THRUST
DIRECTION
CHA
DIR
CHB
DIR
CHA
THRUST
DIRECTION
CHA
INH
CHA
INH
ACTIVE
Appendix B
Appendix
CHB INH
CHB INH
ACTIVE
B-2
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
1701/15 Thrust Position Monitor

1 through 4
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
Channel Direct Proportional Value and Channel Gap
Word
1
2
3
4
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
14
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
Bit Description
Bits
13
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
12
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Monitor Status
8
Ch B
ON

Config fault on Ch A and Ch B is NOT OK
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Monitor Status
10
Ch A
Ch B
Ch A
ON
TOK
TOK
Disabled Disabled

5
15
14
13
12
11
7
Ch A
Alert
Active
5
Ch B
Alert
Active
4
Ch B
Danger
Active
Ch A DIR Ch B DIR Ch A INH Ch B

active
INH
active
Settings
1 = alarm active
Settings
0 = channel is off
1 = channel is on

bits
1 = Channel A
0 = Channel B
Settings
1 = inhibit active
Normal Thrust Direction

bits
Settings
3 = Channel A
0 = upscale direction
2 = Channel B
toward the probe
1 = upscale direction
away from probe

bits
7 = Channel A alert
alarm status
alarm status
5 = Channel B alert
alarm status
alarm status
Channel ON/OFF (ON)

bits
9 = Channel A
8 = Channel B
B-3

bits
Settings
11 = Channel A
For Thrust Monitors, TOK
10 = Channel B
is always disabled (bits
set to 00).
Ch A
Danger
Active
Appendix B Data Tables for the 1701/15 Thrust Monitor
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
B-4
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
Bits
14 13
0
0
0
0
0
1
15
0
0
0
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
12
0
1
0

External 3300 or 3300 XL series 8mm
or 5 mm, includes 330800 PROXPAC
External 7200 5/8mm
External 3300 RAM or External 3300 XL
NSv
Internal 3300 NSv
Transducer Type
Word
6
7
3.
2.

number.
= the span.
SF_ AdjustSpan

significant bit).
MinScaleFactor
SF_AdjustSpan
ActualScaleFactor
where:
ScaleFactor_Offset
Calculate the scale factor offset:

range.

factor.

6 and 7
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
3300 RAM
-18 Volt 3000
7200 series
7200 series
External 3300 XL
NSv
Internal 3300 NSv
External
11 mm
External
14 mm
External
series
External

8mm or 5mm
8mm or 5mm
External 3300 or 3300
XL series 8mm or 5
mm, includes 330800
PROXPAC
External 7200 5/8mm
Proximitor Sensors
Transducer Type
170
(6.69)
170
(6.69)
170
(6.69)
170
(6.69)
85
(3.346)
85
(3.346)
170
(6.69)
170
(6.69)
170
(6.69)
170
(6.69)
200
(7.87)
100
(3.937)
100
(3.937)
200
(7.87)
200
(7.87)
200
(7.87)
200
(7.87)
230
(9.05)
115
(4.527)
115
(4.527)
230
(9.05)
230
(9.05)
230
(9.05)
230
(9.05)
230
(9.05)
230
(9.05)
230
(9.05)
Scale Factors
mV/mil (mV/ m )
Minimum Maximum
200
(7.87)
200
(7.87)
200
(7.87)
Nominal
Transducer Type vs Scale Factor

60
(2.36)
30
(1.181)
30
(1.181)
60
(2.36)
60
(2.36)
60
(2.36)
60
(2.36)
Adjustment
Span
60
(2.36)
60
(2.36)
60
(2.36)
B-5
B-6
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Bits
14 13
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
12
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
10 - 0 - 10 mils
25 - 0 - 25 mils
30 - 0 - 30 mils
40 - 0 - 40 mils
50 - 0 - 50 mils
75 - 0 - 75 mils
0.250 - 0 - 0.250 mm
0.500 - 0 - 0.500 mm
0.600 - 0 - 0.600 mm
0.800 - 0 - 0.800 mm
1.000 - 0 - 1.000 mm
2.000 - 0 - 2.000 mm
Word
8
9
=
=
=
=
the decimal offset value. Always a positive number.

the most positive allowed zero position voltage in signed volts.
the actual zero position voltage in signed volts.
the span in positive signed volts.
-6.20 - (-9.150) 4095
8
= 1510 decimal
= Integer
Convert to 12 bit unsigned binary: 0101 1110 0110
ZPV_ Offset
Convert the result, ZPV_Offset, to an unsigned 12 bit binary integer and load into bits 11 through 0
(11 is the most significant bit and 0 is the lease significant bit).
Example:
Full Scale Range:
-10 mils to 0 to +10 mils
Transducer Type:
External 7200 8 mm
Actual User Set ZPV:
-9.15 Volts
Allowed ZPV Adjustment Range: (-6.20 to +14.20) = 8.00
Low limit of range:
-6.20
3.
where:
ZPV_Offset
ZPVRange_Low
Actual_UserZPV
ZPV_Range
ZPVRange_ Low - Actual_ UserZPV 4095
ZPV_ Range
Calculate the offset:
2.
ZPV_ Offset = Integer
Determine the allowed range and the low limit of the range (most positive gap voltage) for the
transducer you are using by referring to the table on pages B-7 and B-8. The actual zero position
voltage most be within the range.
1.
To calculate the zero position voltage offset for a channel:
Zero Position
Configure the zero position voltage by calculating an offset and loading it in the thrust I/O data table as
a 12-bit, unsigned, binary integer.

8 and 9
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Channel A Zero Position
Channel B Zero Position
Full-scale Range and Zero Position Voltage
External 7200 series 5 mm or 8 mm
External 3300 series 5 mm or 8 mm
Internal 7200 series 8 mm or 5 mm
or
Internal 3300 series 8 mm or 5 mm
10 - 0 - 10 mils
0.250 - 0 - 0.250 mm
25 - 0 - 25 mils
0.500 - 0 - 0.500 mm
0.600 - 0 - 0.600 mm
30 - 0 - 30 mils
0.800 - 0 - 0.800 mm
40 - 0 - 40 mils
1.000 - 0 - 1.000 mm
10 - 0 - 10 mils
0.250 - 0 - 0.250 mm
25 - 0 - 25 mils
0.500 - 0 - 0.500 mm
0.600 - 0 - 0.600 mm
30 - 0 - 30 mils
0.800 - 0 - 0.800 mm
40 - 0 - 40 mils
1.000 - 0 - 1.000 mm
10 - 0 - 10 mils
0.250 - 0 - 0.250 mm
25 - 0 - 25 mils
0.500 - 0 - 0.500 mm
0.600 - 0 - 0.600 mm
30 - 0 - 30 mils
0.800 - 0 - 0.800 mm
40 - 0 - 40 mils
1.000 - 0 - 1.000 mm
Full Scale Thrust Range
Transducer Type vs. Full Scale Range vs. Zero Position Voltage
Transducer Type
-7.10 to -12.60
-8.10 to -11.40
-9.40 to -9.90
-8.20 to -12.20
-9.60 to -10.60
-9.40 to -10.20
-9.50 to -10.50
-7.20 to -13.20
-8.10 to -11.80
-8.20 to -12.20
-6.20 to -14.20
-7.10 to -12.60
-7.20 to -13.20
-6.20 to -14.20
-6.20 to -14.20
-9.40 to -10.20
-9.50 to -10.50
-6.20 to - 14.20
-8.10 to -11.80
-7.10 to -12.60
-6.20 to -14.20
-8.20 to -12.20
-7.20 to -13.20
-6.20 to -14.20
Zero Position Voltage and Full-scale Range

No Barriers Zero Position Internal Isolator Zero
Voltage Range
Position Voltage Range
-9.40 to -9.90
-8.10 to 11.40
-7.10 to 12.60
-6.20 to 14.20
-9.40 to 10.20
-8.10 to 11.80
-7.10 to -12.60
-6.20 to - 14.20
not applicable
not applicable
not applicable
Zener Barrier
Zero Position
Voltage Range
not applicable
B-7
B-8
External 3300 NSv or RAM series
External 3000 series -18V
Transducer Type
10 - 0 - 10 mils
0.250 - 0 - 0.250 mm
25 - 0 - 25 mils
0.500 - 0 - 0.500 mm
0.600 - 0 - 0.600 mm
30 - 0 - 30 mils
0.800 - 0 - 0.800 mm
40 - 0 - 40 mils
1.0 - 0 - 1.0 mm
50 - 0 - 50 mils
75 - 0 - 75 mils
2.0 - 0 - 2.0 mm
10 - 0 - 10 mils
0.250 - 0 - 0.250 mm
25 - 0 - 25 mils
0.500 - 0 - 0.500 mm
0.600 - 0 - 0.600 mm
30 - 0 - 30 mils
0.800 - 0 - 0.800 mm
40 - 0 - 40 mils
1.0 - 0 - 1.0 mm
50 - 0 - 50 mils
75 - 0 - 75 mils
2.0 - 0 - 2.0 mm
10 - 0 - 10 mils
0.250 - 0 - 0.250 mm
25 - 0 - 25 mils
0.500 - 0 - 0.500 mm
0.600 - 0 - 0.600 mm
10 - 0 - 10 mils
0.250 - 0 - 0.250 mm
25 - 0 - 25 mils
0.500 - 0 - 0.500 mm
0.600 - 0 - 0.600 mm
Full Scale Thrust Range
not applicable
-3.50 to -10.80
-6.53 to -7.40
-3.50 to -10.80
-6.53 to -7.40
-7.40 to -12.20
-9.55 to -10.05
-7.40 to - 12.30
-9.55 to - 10.15
-6.5 to -7.70
-6.25 to -13.35
-6.25 to -13.45
not applicable
-5.10 to -14.50
-5.10 to -14.60
-3.50 to -10.00
-4.50 to -15.00
not applicable
not applicable
-9.30 to -14.60
-11.45 to -12.45
-4.50 to -15.00
not applicable
-8.90 to -14.90
-3.75 to -15.25
not applicable
-8.20 to -15.30
-3.75 to -15.25
not applicable
-6.90 to - 16.90
-6.53 to -7.40
-3.50 to -10.80
not applicable
not applicable
not applicable
not applicable
not applicable
not applicable
not applicable
not applicable
not applicable
not applicable
not applicable
not applicable
not applicable
Zero Position Voltage and Full-scale Range

No Barriers Zero Position Internal Isolator Zero
Zener Barrier
Voltage Range
Position Voltage Range
Zero Position
Voltage Range
-6.90 to - 16.90
not applicable
not applicable
Internal 3300 NSv series
10 - 0 - 10 mils
0.250 - 0 - 0.250 mm
25 - 0 - 25 mils
0.500 - 0 - 0.500 mm
0.600 - 0 - 0.600 mm
-3.50 to -10.80
-6.53 to -7.40
-3.50 to -10.80
-6.53 to -7.40
not applicable
not applicable
B-9

10 through 13
15
14
13
12
11
10
Channel A Over Danger (Alarm 2) setpoint
Channel A Over Alert (Alarm 1) setpoint
Channel B Over Danger (Alarm 2) setpoint
Channel B Over Alert (Alarm 1) setpoint
9
7
6
5
4
3
2
Channel A Under Danger (Alarm 2) setpoint
Channel A Under Alert (Alarm 1) setpoint
Channel B Under Danger (Alarm 2) setpoint
Channel B Under Alert (Alarm 1) setpoint
7200 8 mm
40 - 0 - 40 mils
None
Upscale towards probe
-10.30 V
200 mV/mil
-1.28 V
-19.04 V
30.00 mils
B-10
Under Alarm 2 = -(30/40) x 100 + 100 = 25

Convert to binary: 0001 1001
Over Alarm 2 = (30/40) x 100 + 100 = 175

Convert to binary: 1010 1111
Example
Transducer type:
Full-scale range:
Barriers:
Thrust direction:
Zero position voltage:
Transducer Scale factor:
Lower OK limit:
Upper OK limit:
Alarm 2 setpoints:
Round the values to the closest integer and convert to binary.
Calculate the setpoint in counts using these formulas:

Over_Alarm_Setpoint = (OverSetpoint/Full UpScale Range) x 100 + 100
Under_Alarm Setpoint = -(UnderSetpoint/Full BottomScale Range) x 100 + 100
Channel Setpoint
To set Direct thrust position alarm setpoints load the setpoint field with an unsigned binary 8-bit integer
scaled between 0 and 200 decimal. A setpoint of 200 corresponds to positive full upscale (+50 % of full
scale) and 0 corresponds to negative full bottom scale (-50% of full scale). The setpoint resolution is
0.5% of full scale.
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
Direct Over and Under Alarm Setpoints
Word
10
11
12
13
Digital Code
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
7
6
5
4
Delay

0.15
0.20
0.30
0.50
0.60
1.00
2.00
3.00
5.00
6.00
10.00
20.00

14
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Delay
Alarm Time Delay
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
3
2
1
0
Word
14
B-11
BAR MSb
Bar LSb
Set Config
MON Type
MSb
MON Type
LSb
CHA ON\OFF
CHB ON\OFF
14
13
12
11
BAR
MSb
BAR
LSb
SET
CONFIG
Monitor Type LSb
Monitor Type MSb
Description
Monitor Reset
MON
RST
MON
TYPE
1701/15 Thrust Positi0on Monitor

15
15
14
13
12
11
B-12
09
Channel A ON\OFF
08
Channel B ON\OFF
07
06
05
04
03 CHA DIR
Channel A Upscale Thrust Direction
02 CHB DIR
Channel B Upscale Thrust Direction
01 CHA INH
Channel A Inhibit
00 CHB INH
Channel B Inhibit
10
Abbreviation
MON RST
Bit
15
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
Control Write Word
9
CHA
ON OR
OFF
8
CHB
ON OR
OFF
Lsb
0
1
0
1
Safety Barrier
None
3
CHA
DIR
0 = Upscale thrust direction is towards the probe

1 = Upscale thrust direction is away from the probe
0 = not active
1 = active
0 = Channel off
1 = Channel on

For Thrust Position Monitors:
bit 11 = 0
bit 10 = 1
Msb
0
0
1
1
Setting
1 = Reset
10
MON
TYPE
2
CHB
DIR
1
CHA
INH
0
CHB INH
Word
15
If no OK Limits are shown then that transducer is not allowed with that barrier option.
Transducer
Thrust Position Transducer OK Limits

No Barriers
LOKV
UOKV
LOKV
UOKV
-1.28
-19.04
-1.10
-18.25
-1.28
-19.04
-1.10
-18.25
-1.28
-19.04
-1.10
-18.46
External 3300 XL or 3300 series 8mm or 5 mm, includes 330800
PROXPAC
External 7200 5/8mm
-1.28
-19.04
-1.10
-18.25
-3.55
-20.39
na
na
-1.65
-18.05
-1.65
-18.25
-1.16
-13.14
na
na
External 3300 RAM
-1.16
-13.14
-1.16
-13.14
-1.16
-13.14
-1.16
-13.14
Internal 3300 NSv
-1.16
-13.14
-1.16
-13.14
External 3300 XL NSv
Compatibility Table
Thrust Position Transducer OK Limits vs. Transducer Type vs. Barrier Options
-1.10
na
na
na
-1.05
na
-1.05
B-13
-18.2
na
na
na
-12.35
na
-12.35

LOKV
UOKV
na
na
na
na
-1.10
-18.2
B-14
UNUSED
CHB DIRECT
UNUSED
MON & CHAN

STATUS
CHA XDCR &
SCALE
FACTOR
CHB XDCR &
SCALE
FACTOR
CHA F.S.R. &
TIMED OK
DEF.
CHB F.S.R. &
TIMED OK
DEF.
UNUSED
READ
READ
READ
READ
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
Word
8
Word
9
Word
10
Word
11
Word
12
Word
13
Word
14
Word
15
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
CHA DIRECT
SETPOINTS
CHB DIRECT
SETPOINTS
FILTER
CONFIG
ALARM TIME
DELAYS
CONTROL
CH A DIRECT
READ
WRITE
M.S.W
Description
READ
Word
7
Word
0
Word
1
Word
2
Word
3
Word
4
Word
5
Word
6
Comm.
Direction
14
13
12
11
10
MON
STAT
MON
STAT
CHB
TOK
Enable
BAR
LSb
MON
TYPE
MON
TYPE
BAR
MSb
MON
RST
CHA LP Corner
CHB Scale Factor
CHA Scale Factor
CHA
TOK
Enable

SET CONFIG
MON
STAT
CHA HP Corner
CHB Danger Setpoint
CHA Danger Setpoint
CHB Transducer Type
CHA Transducer Type
MON
STAT
CHA
ON OR
OFF
TOK ON
OR OFF
TOK ON
OR OFF
CHA
ON
CHB
ON OR
OFF
CHB
ON
CHA
DNGR
ACTIVE
CHB
ALERT
ACTIVE
CHA
TM
MSb
CHA
TM
LSb
CHB
TM
MSb
CHB HP Corner
CHB Alert Setpoint
CHA Alert Setpoint
CHA
ALERT
ACTIVE
S.A.
S.A. &
r/w
1
0
1
0
1
0
error
r/w err
error
15
CHB
TM
LSb
CHB
DNGR
ACTIVE
CHB
TM
ACTIVE
CHA
TM
ENA
CHB
TM
ENA
CHB LP Corner
CHA
TM
ACTIVE
Data Tables for the 1701/25 Velocity Input Monitor
CHA
INH
CHA
INH
ACTIVE
Appendix C
Appendix
CHB
INH
CHB
INH
ACTIVE
C-2
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
1701/25 Velocity Input Monitor

1 through 4
15
14
13
12
11
Not used
Not used
Channel Direct Proportional Value
10
Word
1
2
3
4
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
14
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
Bit Description
Bits
13
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
12
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Monitor Status
11
10
Ch A
Ch B
Ch A
TOK
TOK
ON
enabled enabled
8
Ch B
ON

Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Monitor Status

5
15
14
13
12
Ch A
Alert
Active
5
Ch B
Alert
Active
4
Ch B
Danger
Active
Settings
1 = inhibit active

bits
1 = Channel A
0 = Channel B
C-3
Settings
Settings
1 = alarm active
Settings
0 = channel is off
1 = channel is on

bits
3 = Channel A
2 = Channel B

bits
7 = Channel A alert
alarm status
alarm status
5 = Channel B alert
alarm status
alarm status
Channel ON/OFF (ON)

bits
9 = Channel A
8 = Channel B
Active
Active
active
INH
active

bits
Settings
11 = Channel A
0 = disabled
10 = Channel B
1 = enabled
Ch A
Danger
Active
Appendix C Data Tables for the 1701/25 Velocity Input Monitor
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C-4
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
Bits
14 13
0
0
15
0
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
12
0
Velomitor, 100 mV/(in/s)

pk, 330500, 330525,
High Temp Velomitor, 145
mV/(in/s) pk, 330750,
330550
CEC 4 -126 or CEC 4 - 131,
145 mV/(in/s) pk
500 mV/in/s pk, 9200, 74712
(or any using 10 k load,
500 mV/(in/s) pk, correct OK
limits)
Transducer Type

significant bit).

number.
= the span.
SF_ AdjustSpan
ScaleFactor_Offset = Integer{[(145 - 123)/44] x 4095} = 2048

Convert to binary: 1000 0000 0000
Example:
Transducer Type: 330750 High Temp Velomitor
Actual Scale Factor = 145 mV/(in/s) pk
From the table:
MinScaleFactor = 123 mV/(in/s) pk
SF_AdjustSpan = 44 mV
3.
MinScaleFactor
SF_AdjustSpan
ActualScaleFactor
where:
ScaleFactor_Offset

range.

factor.

6 and 7
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
Word
6
7
330500, 330525,
Velomitor, 100
mV/(in/s) pk,
330750, High
Temp Velomitor,
145 mV/(in/s) pk
CEC 4 -126 or
CEC 4 - 131, 145
mV/(in/s) pk
500 mV/(in/s) pk,
9200, 74712 (or
any using 10 K
load, 500
mV/(in/s) pk,
correct OK limits)
Velocity Sensors
Transducer Type
123.25
(4.853)
123.25
(4.853)
425
(16.733)
145
(5.708)
145
(5.708)
500
(19.685)
Nominal
100
(3.937)
575
(22.637)
166.75
(6.564)
166.75
(6.564)
150
(5.904)
43.5
(1.711)
43.5
(1.711)
Scale Factors
mV/(in/s) pk (mV/(mm/s) pk)
Minimum Maximum Adjustment Span
85
115
30
(3.347)
(4.527)
(1.180)
Transducer Type vs. Scale Factor
C-5
C-6
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
14
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
10
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
10
Full-scale Range
9
TOK
on or
off
TOK
on or
off
0 - 100um pp, integrated velocity

0 - 200um pp, integrated velocity
0 - 500 um pp, integrated velocity

0 - 10 mm/s pk
0 - 20 mm/s pk
0 - 50 mm/s pk
0 75 mm/s pk
0 - 0.5 in/s pk
0 - 1.0 in/s pk
0 - 2.0 in/s pk
0 3.0 in/s pk

8 and 9
15
14
13
12
11
Bit Number
13
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
Full-scale Range and Timed OK Channel Defeat
15
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Not used
8
7
Not used
14
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Bit Number
13
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
11
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
10
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
Word
8
Full-scale Range
0 - 10 mm/s rms
0 - 20 mm/s rms
0 - 40 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s rms
0 75 mm/s rms
0 - 0.5 in/s rms

0 - 1.0 in/s rms
0 - 2.0 in/s rms
0 3.0 in/s rms
14
1
1
1
1
1
Bit Number
13
12
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
1
0
0
1
1

Bits
Word 8, bit 9 = Channel A
Word 9, bit 9 = Channel B
15
0
0
0
0
0
10
1
0
1
0
1
Description
0 = TOK off
1 = TOK on
Full-scale Range
15
1
1
1
1
1
14
1
1
1
1
1
Bit Number
13
12
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
1
0
0
1
1
10
1
0
1
0
1
Full-scale Range
C-7

11 and 12
15
14
13
12
11
Channel A Alarm 2 (Danger) setpoint
Channel B Alarm 2 (Danger) Setpoint
10
7
6
5
4
3
Channel A Alarm 1 (Alert) Setpoint
Channel B Alarm 1 (Alert) Setpoint
C-8
2.
= 1010 1111 binary

Load the binary value in the Channel A Alarm 2 setpoint field.
= 175 decimal

1.75
200
Setpoint =
2
1.
Alarm Setpoints
Example:
Full-scale range:
0 to 2.0 in/s pk
1.75 in/s pk
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
Alarm Setpoints
Word
11
12
reserved
reserved
High Pass
Corner Freq,
Hz
3
10
15
18
20
25
30
50
60
80
100
120
110
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
Code
There are no default filter

options. To avoid selecting
corner frequencies that are not
allowed for your configuration
options, refer to both tables
above.
Application Alert:
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
Code
Low Pass
Corner
Freq, Hz
5500
4000
3000
2000
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
120
100
450
reserved
7
6
5
Channel B HP Corner
3
2
1
Channel B LP Corner
500 mV/(in/s) pk, 9200,

74712 (or any using 10 k
load, 500 mV/(in/s) pk,
correct OK limits)
High Temp Velomitor,

145 mV/(in/s) pk, 330750,
330550
CEC 4 -126 or CEC 4 131, 145 mV/(in/s) pk
Velomitor, 100 mV/(in/s)

pk, 330500, 330525,
Transducer Type
Pk Velocity
rms Velocity
pp Displacement
Pk Velocity
rms Velocity
pp displacement
Pk Velocity
rms Velocity
pp displacement
Pk Velocity
rms Velocity
pp displacement
Full Scale Range

Type
Minimum HP
Corner
3 Hz
10 Hz
10 Hz
3 Hz
10 Hz
10 Hz
3 Hz
10 Hz
10 Hz
3 Hz
10 Hz
10 Hz
Word
13
5500 Hz
5500 Hz
5500 Hz
5500 Hz
5500 Hz
5500 Hz
5500 Hz
5500 Hz
5500 Hz
5500 Hz
5500 Hz
5500 Hz
C-9
Maximum LP Corner
Corner Frequency Ranges
Compatibility Table
Transducer Type vs. Full Scale Range Type vs. Filter Corner Frequencies

13
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
Channel A HP Corner
Channel A LP Corner
Filter Selection Table
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
C-10
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
Digital Code
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
7
6
5
4
Delay

0.15
0.20
0.30
0.50
0.60
1.00
2.00
3.00
5.00
6.00
10.00
20.00

14
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Delay
Alarm Time Delay
3
2
1
0
Word
14
BAR MSb
Bar LSb
Set Config
MON Type
MSb
MON Type
LSb
CHA ON\OFF
CHB ON\OFF
CHA TM MSb
CHA TM LSb
CHB TM MSb
CHB TM LSb
14
13
12
11
05
04
BAR
MSb
BAR
LSb
SET
CONFIG
A ON\OFF
B ON\OFF
A Trip Multiply MSb
A Trip Multiply LSb

Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
Monitor Type LSb
Monitor Type MSb
Description
Monitor Reset
MON
RST
MON
TYPE

15
15
14
13
12
11
03 CHA TM En
02 CHB TM En
01 CHA INH
Channel A Inhibit
00 CHB INH
Channel B Inhibit
09
08
07
06
10
Abbreviation
MON RST
Bit
15
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
Control Write Word

9
CHA
ON OR
OFF
8
CHB
ON OR
OFF
Lsb
0
1
0
1
5
CHB
TM
MSb
Safety Barrier
None
CHA
TM
LSb
4
CHB
TM
LSb
3
CHA
TM
ENA
Lsb
0
1
0
1
0 = disabled
1 = enabled
0 = not active
1 = active
Msb
0
0
1
1
0 = Channel off
1 = Channel on
Trip Multiply Level
None
1.5
2.0
3.0

For Velocity Input Monitors:
bit 11 = 0
bit 10 = 0
Msb
0
0
1
1
7
CHA
TM
MSb
Setting
1 = Reset
10
MON
TYPE
CHB
TM
ENA
2
CHA
INH
1
CHB INH
Word
15
C-11
C-12
Velomitor, 100 mV/(in/s) pk, 330500, 330525,
Compatibility Table: Transducer Type vs. Full Scale

Range vs. Trip Multiply for Barrier OptionsTransducer
Type
No Barriers
0 - 0.5 in/s pk
0 - 1.0 in/s pk
0 - 2.0 in/s pk
0 - 3.0 in/s pk
0 - 10 mm/s pk
0 - 20 mm/s pk
0 - 50 mm/s pk
0 - 75 mm/s pk
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
0 - 0.5 in/s rms
0 - 1.0 in/s rms
0 - 2.0 in/s rms
0 - 3.0 in/s rms
0 - 10 mm/s rms
0 - 20 mm/s rms
0 - 40 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s rms
0 - 75 mm/s rms
Internal Isolator
0 - 0.5 in/s pk
0 - 1.0 in/s pk
0 - 2.0 in/s pk
0 - 3.0 in/s pk
0 - 10 mm/s pk
0 - 20 mm/s pk
0 - 50 mm/s pk
0 - 75 mm/s pk
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
0 - 0.5 in/s rms
0 - 1.0 in/s rms
0 - 2.0 in/s rms
0 - 3.0 in/s rms
0 - 10 mm/s rms
0 - 20 mm/s rms
0 - 40 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s rms
0 - 75 mm/s rms
Full Scale Range
External Zener
0 - 0.5 in/s pk
0 - 1.0 in/s pk
0 - 2.0 in/s pk
0 - 3.0 in/s pk
0 - 10 mm/s pk
0 - 20 mm/s pk
0 - 50 mm/s pk
0 - 75 mm/s pk
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
0 - 0.5 in/s rms
0 - 1.0 in/s rms
0 - 2.0 in/s rms
0 - 3.0 in/s rms
0 - 10 mm/s rms
0 - 20 mm/s rms
0 - 40 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s rms
0 - 75 mm/s rms
Multiply
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
2X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
Trip

Type
No Barriers
0 - 0.5 in/s pk
0 - 1.0 in/s pk
0 - 2.0 in/s pk
0 - 3.0 in/s pk
0 - 10 mm/s pk
0 - 20 mm/s pk
0 - 50 mm/s pk
0 - 75 mm/s pk
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
0 - 0.5 in/s rms
0 - 1.0 in/s rms
0 - 2.0 in/s rms
0 - 3.0 in/s rms
0 - 10 mm/s rms
0 - 20 mm/s rms
0 - 40 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s rms
0 - 75 mm/s rms
Internal Isolator
0 - 0.5 in/s pk
0 - 1.0 in/s pk
0 - 2.0 in/s pk
0 - 3.0 in/s pk
0 - 10 mm/s pk
0 - 20 mm/s pk
0 - 50 mm/s pk
0 - 75 mm/s pk
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
0 - 0.5 in/s rms
0 - 1.0 in/s rms
0 - 2.0 in/s rms
0 - 3.0 in/s rms
0 - 10 mm/s rms
0 - 20 mm/s rms
0 - 40 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s rms
0 - 75 mm/s rms
Full Scale Range
External Zener
0 - 0.5 in/s pk
0 - 1.0 in/s pk
0 - 2.0 in/s pk
0 - 3.0 in/s pk
0 - 10 mm/s pk
0 - 20 mm/s pk
0 - 50 mm/s pk
0 - 75 mm/s pk
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
0 - 0.5 in/s rms
0 - 1.0 in/s rms
0 - 2.0 in/s rms
0 - 3.0 in/s rms
0 - 10 mm/s rms
0 - 20 mm/s rms
0 - 40 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s rms
0 - 75 mm/s rms
Multiply
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
2X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
Trip
C-13
C-14

Type
No Barriers
0 - 0.5 in/s pk
0 - 1.0 in/s pk
0 - 2.0 in/s pk
0 - 3.0 in/s pk
0 - 10 mm/s pk
0 - 20 mm/s pk
0 - 50 mm/s pk
0 - 75 mm/s pk
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
0 - 0.5 in/s rms
0 - 1.0 in/s rms
0 - 2.0 in/s rms
0 - 3.0 in/s rms
0 - 10 mm/s rms
0 - 20 mm/s rms
0 - 40 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s rms
0 - 75 mm/s rms
Internal Isolator
0 - 0.5 in/s pk
0 - 1.0 in/s pk
0 - 2.0 in/s pk
0 - 3.0 in/s pk
0 - 10 mm/s pk
0 - 20 mm/s pk
0 - 50 mm/s pk
0 - 75 mm/s pk
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
0 - 0.5 in/s rms
0 - 1.0 in/s rms
0 - 2.0 in/s rms
0 - 3.0 in/s rms
0 - 10 mm/s rms
0 - 20 mm/s rms
0 - 40 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s rms
0 - 75 mm/s rms
Full Scale Range
External Zener
not applicable
Multiply
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
2X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
Trip
500 mV/(in/s) pk, 9200, 74712 (or any using 10 kohm load,
500 mV/(in/s) pk, correct OK limits)

Type
No Barriers
0 - 0.5 in/s pk
0 - 1.0 in/s pk
0 - 2.0 in/s pk
0 - 10 mm/s pk
0 - 20 mm/s pk
0 - 50 mm/s pk
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
0 - 0.5 in/s rms
0 - 1.0 in/s rms
0 - 2.0 in/s rms
0 - 10 mm/s rms
0 - 20 mm/s rms
0 - 40 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s rms
Internal Isolator
0 - 0.5 in/s pk
0 - 1.0 in/s pk
0 - 2.0 in/s pk
0 - 10 mm/s pk
0 - 20 mm/s pk
0 - 50 mm/s pk
0 - 5 mil pp
0 - 10 mil pp
0 - 20 mil pp
0 - 100 um pp
0 - 200 um pp
0 - 500 um pp
0 - 0.5 in/s rms
0 - 1.0 in/s rms
0 - 2.0 in/s rms
0 - 10 mm/s rms
0 - 20 mm/s rms
0 - 40 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s rms
Full Scale Range
External Zener
not applicable
Multiply
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
2X or less
Trip
C-15
C-16
UOKV
-20.4
-21.26
-17.95
-17.95
Internal Galvanic
Isolator
LOKV
UOKV
-3.5
-19.95
-2.74
-19.95
-2.05
-17.95
-2.05
-17.95
LOKV
-3.5
-2.74
-2.05
-2.05
Velocity Sensor OK limits

No Barriers
Compatibility Table
Velocity Transducer OK Limits vs. Transducer Type vs. Barrier Options
Transducer
Velomitor, 100 mV/(in/s) pk, 330500, 330525,
500 mV/(in/s) pk, 9200, 74712 (or any using 10 kohm load, 500 mV/(in/s)
pk, correct OK limits)
LOKV
-4.15
-2.74
na
na
UOKV
-19.85
-19.95
na
na
UNUSED
CHB DIRECT
UNUSED
MON & CHAN

STATUS
CHA XDCR &
SCALE
FACTOR
CHB XDCR &
SCALE
FACTOR
CHA F.S.R. &
TIMED OK
DEF.
CHB F.S.R. &
TIMED OK
DEF.
UNUSED
READ
READ
READ
READ
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
Word
8
Word
9
Word
10
Word
11
Word
12
Word
13
Word
14
Word
15
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
CHA DIRECT
SETPOINTS
CHB DIRECT
SETPOINTS
FILTER
CONFIG
ALARM TIME
DELAYS
CONTROL
CH A DIRECT
READ
WRITE
M.S.W
Description
READ
Word
7
Word
0
Word
1
Word
2
Word
3
Word
4
Word
5
Word
6
Comm.
Direction
14
13
12
11
10
MON
STAT
MON
STAT
CHB
TOK
Enable
BAR
LSb
MON
TYPE
MON
TYPE
BAR
MSb
MON
RST
CHA LP Corner
CHB Scale Factor
CHA Scale Factor
CHA
TOK
Enable

SET/
CONFIG
MON
STAT
CHA HP Corner
CHB Danger Setpoint
CHA Danger Setpoint
CHB Transducer Type
CHA Transducer Type
MON
STAT
CHA
ON OR
OFF
TOK ON
OR OFF
TOK ON
OR OFF
CHA
ON
CHB
ON OR
OFF
CHB
ON
CHA
DNGR
ACTIVE
CHB
ALERT
ACTIVE
CHA
TM
MSb
CHA
TM
LSb
CHB
TM
MSb
CHB HP Corner
CHB Alert Setpoint
CHA Alert Setpoint
CHA
ALERT
ACTIVE
S.A.
S.A. &
r/w
1
0
1
0
1
0
error
r/w err
error
15
CHB
TM
LSb
CHB
DNGR
ACTIVE
CHB
TM
ACTIVE
CHA
TM
ENA
CHB
TM
ENA
CHB LP Corner
CHA
TM
ACTIVE
Data Table for the 1701/25 Acceleration Input Monitor
CHA
INH
CHA
INH
ACTIVE
Appendix D
Appendix
CHB INH
CHB INH
ACTIVE
D-2
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
1701/25 Acceleration Input Monitor

1 through 4
15
14
13
12
11
Not used
Not used
Channel Direct Proportional Value
10
Word
1
2
3
4
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
14
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
Bit Description
Bits
13
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
12
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Monitor Status
8
Ch B
ON

Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Monitor Status
10
Ch A
Ch B
Ch A
TOK
TOK
ON
enabled enabled

5
15
14
13
12
11
Ch A
Alert
Active
5
Ch B
Alert
Active
4
Ch B
Danger
Active
Settings
1 = inhibit active

bits
1 = Channel A
0 = Channel B
D-3
Settings
Settings
1 = alarm active
Settings
0 = channel is off
1 = channel is on

bits
3 = Channel A
2 = Channel B

bits
7 = Channel A alert
alarm status
alarm status
5 = Channel B alert
alarm status
alarm status
Channel ON/OFF (ON)

bits
9 = Channel A
8 = Channel B
Active
Active
active
INH
active

bits
Settings
11 = Channel A
0 = disabled
10 = Channel B
1 = enabled
Ch A
Danger
Active
Appendix D Data Tables for 1701 Acceleration Input Monitor
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
D-4
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
Bits
14 13
0
0
15
0
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
12
0
100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW,

330400,
100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW,
23733-03 I/F module
100 mV/g pk, Hi freq, 24145-01
25 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB,
330425
25 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3db, 4957801
25 mV/g pk, Hi freq, 155023-01
25 mV/g pk, hi freq,
Transducer Type
Word
6
7
3.

number.
= the span.
SF_ AdjustSpan

significant bit).
MinScaleFactor
SF_AdjustSpan
ActualScaleFactor
where:
ScaleFactor_Offset

range.

factor.

6 and 7
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
330400, 100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW

23733-03 I/F module, 100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW
24145-01, 100 mV/g pk, Hi freq
330425, 25 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less 3dB
49578-01, 25 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3db
1555023-01, 25 mV/g pk, Hi freq
Acceleration Sensors
Transducer Type
Transducer Type vs. Scale Factor
100
100
100
25
25
25
25
Nominal
85
85
85
21.25
21.25
21.25
21.25
115
115
115
28.75
28.75
28.75
28.75
Scale Factors
mV/g pk
Minimum
Maximum
Adjustmen
t Span
30
30
30
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
D-5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
D-6
14
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
11
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
10
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
Full-scale Range
9
TOK
on or
off
TOK
on or
off
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
15
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Not used
8
7
Not used
0 - 20 m/s 2 pk
0 - 50 m/s 2 pk
0 - 100 m/s 2 pk
0 - 200 m/s 2 pk
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk
0 - 400 m/s 2 pk
0 - 500 m/s 2 pk
0 - 2 gs pk
0 - 5 gs pk
0 - 10 gs pk
0 - 20 gs pk
0 - 25 gs pk
0 - 40 gs pk
0 - 50 gs pk

8 and 9
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit Number
13
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
Full-scale Range and Timed OK Channel Defeat
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
14
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
Bit Number
13
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
11
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
10
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
Word
8
Full-scale Range
0 - 25 mm/s rms, integrated rms

acceleration
0 - 1.0 in/s rms, integrated rms

acceleration
0 - 2.0 in/s rms, integrated rms
acceleration
0 - 20 m/s 2 rms acceleration

0 - 50 m/s 2 rms acceleration
0 100 m/s2 rms acceleration
0 2 gs rms acceleration
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
Bits
Word 8, bit 9 = Channel A
Word 9, bit 9 = Channel B
14
1
15
0
Bit Number
13
12
11
1
0
0

Description
0 = TOK off
1 = TOK on
1
0
1
0
1
10
1
Full-scale Range
1
1
1
1
1
15
1
1
1
1
1
1
14
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
10
1
0 - 50 mm/s rms, integrated rms
acceleration
0 100 mm/s rms, integrated rms
acceleration
Full-scale Range
D-7

Bit Number
13
12
11
1
0
0

11 and 12
15
14
13
12
11
Channel A Alarm 2 (Danger) setpoint
Channel B Alarm 2 (Danger) Setpoint
10
7
6
5
4
3
Channel A Alarm 1 (Alert) Setpoint
Channel B Alarm 1 (Alert) Setpoint
D-8
2.
= 1001 0110 binary

Load the binary value in the Channel A Alarm 2 setpoint field.
= 150 decimal

15
200
Setpoint =
20
1.
Alarm Setpoints
Example:
Full-scale range:
0 to 20 m/s2 pk
15 m/s2 pk
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
Alarm Setpoints
Word
11
12

13
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
Channel A HP Corner
Channel A LP Corner
8
7
6
5
Channel B HP Corner
Filter Selections for Dual Channel 31.55 kHz

Acceleration Monitor Type (Type 10)
Code
High Pass
Code
Low Pass
Corner
Corner
Freq, Hz
Freq, Hz
0000
3
0000
31550
0001
10
0001
26000
0010
12
0010
23700
0011
16
0011
15800
0100
20
0100
13250
0101
22
0101
12100
0110
25
0110
10600
0111
30
0111
10000
1000
50
1000
8100
1001
60
1001
6000
1010
100
1010
5000
1011
120
1011
3000
1100
150
1100
2100
1101
200
1101
1000
1110
reserved
1110
reserved
1111
reserved
1111
reserved
There are no default filter options. To avoid selecting corner

frequencies that are not allowed for your configuration
options, refer to both the Filter Selection Tables above and
the Compatibility Tables, Transducer Type vs. Full Scale
Range vs. HP and LP Corner Frequency Ranges below.
Application Alert:
Filter Selections for Dual Channel 14.05 kHz

Code
High Pass
Code
Low Pass
Corner
Corner
Freq, Hz
Freq, Hz
0000
3
0000
14050
0001
10
0001
13200
0010
12
0010
12100
0011
16
0011
10600
0100
20
0100
10000
0101
22
0101
9000
0110
25
0110
8100
0111
30
0111
7000
1000
50
1000
6100
1001
60
1001
5000
1010
100
1010
4100
1011
120
1011
3100
1100
150
1100
2100
1101
200
1101
1100
1110
reserved
1110
reserved
1111
reserved
1111
reserved
Filter Selection Tables
Use these tables to determine filter selections based on the type of Acceleration Monitor you program.
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number

4
Word
13
D-9
Filter Selections for Single Channel 24.3 kHz

Code
High Pass
Code
Low Pass
Corner
Corner
Freq, Hz
Freq, Hz
0000
3
0000
24300
0001
10
0001
21000
0010
12
0010
18000
0011
16
0011
15800
0100
20
0100
13250
0101
22
0101
12100
0110
25
0110
10600
0111
30
0111
10000
1000
50
1000
8100
1001
60
1001
6000
1010
100
1010
5000
1011
120
1011
3000
1100
150
1100
2100
1101
200
1101
1000
1110
reserved
1110
reserved
1111
reserved
1111
reserved
3
2
1
Channel B LP Corner
D-10
All
Transducer
Type
All
Transducer
Type
All
Transducer
Type
20 Hz
20 Hz
Pk Velocity
rms Velocity
14.05 kHz
14.05 kHz
14.05 kHz
10 Hz
31.55 kHz
10 Hz
20 Hz
20 Hz
rms Acceleration
Pk Velocity
rms Velocity
24.3 kHz
24.3 kHz
24.3 kHz
SINGLE CHANNEL ACCELERATION 24.3 kHz (Monitor Type 11)

Full Scale Range
Type
Minimum HP Corner
Maximum LP Corner
24.3 kHz
Pk Acceleration
3 Hz
rms Acceleration
DUAL CHANNEL ACCELERATION 31.55 kHz (Monitor Type 10)

Full Scale Range
Type
Minimum HP Corner
Maximum LP Corner
Pk Acceleration
3 Hz
31.55 kHz
10 Hz
rms Acceleration
DUAL CHANNEL ACCELERATION, 14.05 kHz (Monitor Type 01)

Full Scale Range
Type
Minimum HP Corner
Maximum LP Corner
3 Hz
14.05 kHz
Pk Acceleration
Compatibility Tables
Transducer Type vs. Full Scale Range Type vs. HP and LP Corner Frequency Ranges, (for the three acceleration monitor types)
Use these tables to determine the allowed filter corner limits vs. acceleration monitor type and signal processing.
Digital Code
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
7
6
5
4
Delay

0.15
0.20
0.30
0.50
0.60
1.00
2.00
3.00
5.00
6.00
10.00
20.00

14
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Delay
Alarm Time Delay
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
3
2
1
0
Word
14
D-11
BAR MSb
Bar LSb
Set Config
MON Type
MSb
MON Type
LSb
CHA ON\OFF
CHB ON\OFF
CHA TM MSb
CHA TM LSb
CHB TM MSb
CHB TM LSb
14
13
12
11
10
09
08
07
06
05
04
BAR
MSb
BAR
LSb
SET
CONFIG
A ON\OFF
B ON\OFF
A Trip Multiply MSb
A Trip Multiply LSb

Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
Monitor Type LSb
Monitor Type MSb
Description
Monitor Reset
MON
RST
MON
TYPE

15
15
14
13
12
11
D-12
03 CHA TM En
02 CHB TM En
01 CHA INH
Channel A Inhibit
00 CHB INH
Channel B Inhibit
Abbreviation
MON RST
Bit
15
Monitor Type
Word
Bit Number
Control Write Word
9
CHA
ON OR
OFF
8
CHB
ON OR
OFF
Lsb
0
1
0
1
5
CHB
TM
MSb
Safety Barrier
None
CHA
TM
LSb
4
CHB
TM
LSb
3
CHA
TM
ENA
Lsb
1
0
1
Lsb
0
1
0
1
0 = disabled
1 = enabled
0 = not active
1 = active
Msb
0
0
1
1
0 = Channel off
1 = Channel on
Msb
0
1
1
Trip Multiply Level

None
1.5
2.0
3.0
Acceleration Input Monitor Type

Dual Accel, 14.05 kHz
Dual Accel, 31.55 kHz
Single Channel Accel,
23.4 kHz

Msb
0
0
1
1
7
CHA
TM
MSb
Setting
1 = Reset
10
MON
TYPE
2
CHB
TM
ENA
1
CHA
INH
0
CHB INH
Word
15
100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW, 330400,
Transducer Type
NO BARRIERS
0 - 2 g pk
0 - 5 g pk
0 - 10 g pk
0 - 20 g pk
0 - 25 g pk
0 - 20 m/s 2 pk
0 - 50 m/s 2 pk
0 - 100 m/s 2 pk
0 - 200 m/s 2 pk
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk
0 - 1 in/s pk
0 - 2 in/s pk
0 - 25 mm/s pk
0 - 50 mm/s pk
0 - 2 g rms
0 - 5 g rms
0 - 10 g rms
0 - 20 g rms
0 - 25 g rms
2
0 - 20 m/s rms
0 - 50 m/s 2 rms
0 - 100 m/s 2 rms
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms
0 - 1 in/s rms
0 - 2 in/s rms
0 - 25 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s rms
Full Scale Range

INT ISOLATOR
0 - 2 g pk
0 - 5 g pk
0 - 10 g pk
0 - 20 g pk
0 - 25 g pk
0 - 20 m/s 2 pk
0 - 50 m/s 2 pk
0 - 100 m/s 2 pk
0 - 200 m/s 2 pk
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk
0 - 1 in/s pk
0 - 2 in/s pk
0 - 25 mm/s pk
0 - 50 mm/s pk
0 - 2 g rms
0 - 5 g rms
0 - 10 g rms
0 - 20 g rms
0 - 25 g rms
2
0 - 20 m/s rms
0 - 50 m/s 2 rms
0 - 100 m/s 2 rms
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms
0 - 1 in/s rms
0 - 2 in/s rms
0 - 25 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s rms
EXT ZENER
0 - 2 g pk
0 - 5 g pk
0 - 10 g pk
0 - 20 g pk
0 - 25 g pk
0 - 20 m/s 2 pk
0 - 50 m/s 2 pk
0 - 100 m/s 2 pk
0 - 200 m/s 2 pk
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk
0 - 1 in/s pk
0 - 2 in/s pk
0 - 25 mm/s pk
0 - 50 mm/s pk
0 - 2 g rms
0 - 5 g rms
0 - 10 g rms
0 - 20 g rms
0 - 25 g rms
2
0 - 20 m/s rms
0 - 50 m/s 2 rms
0 - 100 m/s 2 rms
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms
0 - 1 in/s rms
0 - 2 in/s rms
0 - 25 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s rms
Compatibility Table
Acceleration Transducer Type vs. Full Scale Range vs. Trip Multiply for Barrier Options
D-13
Trip
Multiply
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
1.5X or less
1.5X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
1.5X or less
1.5X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
none
none
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
none
none
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
D-14
100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW, 23733-03 I/F module
Transducer Type

NO BARRIERS
0 - 2 g pk
0 - 5 g pk
0 - 10 g pk
0 - 20 g pk
0 - 25 g pk
0 - 20 m/s 2 pk
0 - 50 m/s 2 pk
0 - 100 m/s 2 pk
0 - 200 m/s 2 pk
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk
0 - 1 in/s pk
0 - 2 in/s pk
0 - 25 mm/s pk
0 - 50 mm/s pk
0 - 2 g rms
0 - 5 g rms
0 - 10 g rms
0 - 20 g rms
0 - 25 g rms
2
0 - 20 m/s rms
0 - 50 m/s 2 rms
0 - 100 m/s 2 rms
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms
0 - 1 in/s rms
0 - 2 in/s rms
0 - 25 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s rms
Full Scale Range

INT ISOLATOR
0 - 2 g pk
0 - 5 g pk
0 - 10 g pk
0 - 20 g pk
0 - 25 g pk
0 - 20 m/s 2 pk
0 - 50 m/s 2 pk
0 - 100 m/s 2 pk
0 - 200 m/s 2 pk
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk
0 - 1 in/s pk
0 - 2 in/s pk
0 - 25 mm/s pk
0 - 50 mm/s pk
0 - 2 g rms
0 - 5 g rms
0 - 10 g rms
0 - 20 g rms
0 - 25 g rms
2
0 - 20 m/s rms
0 - 50 m/s 2 rms
0 - 100 m/s 2 rms
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms
0 - 1 in/s rms
0 - 2 in/s rms
0 - 25 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s rms
EXT ZENER
0 - 2 g pk
0 - 5 g pk
0 - 10 g pk
0 - 20 g pk
0 - 25 g pk
0 - 20 m/s 2 pk
0 - 50 m/s 2 pk
0 - 100 m/s 2 pk
0 - 200 m/s 2 pk
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk
0 - 1 in/s pk
0 - 2 in/s pk
0 - 25 mm/s pk
0 - 50 mm/s pk
0 - 2 g rms
0 - 5 g rms
0 - 10 g rms
0 - 20 g rms
0 - 25 g rms
2
0 - 20 m/s rms
0 - 50 m/s 2 rms
0 - 100 m/s 2 rms
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms
0 - 1 in/s rms
0 - 2 in/s rms
0 - 25 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s rms
Trip
Multiply
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
1.5X or less
1.5X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
1.5X or less
1.5X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
none
none
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
none
none
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
100 mV/g pk, Hi freq, 24145-01
Transducer Type
NO BARRIERS
0 - 2 g pk
0 - 5 g pk
0 - 10 g pk
0 - 20 g pk
0 - 25 g pk
0 - 20 m/s 2 pk
0 - 50 m/s 2 pk
0 - 100 m/s 2 pk
0 - 200 m/s 2 pk
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk
0 - 1 in/s pk
0 - 2 in/s pk
0 - 25 mm/s pk
0 - 50 mm/s pk
0 - 2 g rms
0 - 5 g rms
0 - 10 g rms
0 - 20 g rms
0 - 25 g rms
2
0 - 20 m/s rms
0 - 50 m/s 2 rms
0 - 100 m/s 2 rms
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms
0 - 1 in/s rms
0 - 2 in/s rms
0 - 25 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s rms
EXT ZENER
not applicable
D-15
Trip
Multiply
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
1.5X or less
1.5X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
1.5X or less
1.5X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
none
none
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
none
none
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less

Full Scale Range
INT ISOLATOR
not applicable
D-16
25 mV/.g pk, 20 kHz or less -3db, 49578-01
25 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB, 330425
Transducer Type

NO BARRIERS
0 - 20 g pk
0 -25 g pk
0 - 40 g pk
0 - 50 g pk
0 - 200 m/s 2 pk
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk
0 - 400 m/s 2 pk
0 - 500 m/s 2 pk
0 - 100 mm/s pk
0 - 20 g rms
0 - 25 g rms
0 - 40 g rms
0 - 50 g rms
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms
0 - 400 m/s 2 rms
0 - 500 m/s 2 rms
0 - 100 mm/s rms
0 - 20 g pk
0 -25 g pk
0 - 40 g pk
0 - 50 g pk
0 - 200 m/s 2 pk
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk
0 - 400 m/s 2 pk
0 - 500 m/s 2 pk
0 - 100 mm/s pk
0 - 20 g rms
0 - 25 g rms
0 - 40 g rms
0 - 50 g rms
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms
0 - 400 m/s 2 rms
0 - 500 m/s 2 rms
0 - 100 mm/s rms
Full Scale Range

INT ISOLATOR
0 - 20 g pk
0 -25 g pk
0 - 40 g pk
0 - 50 g pk
2
0 - 200 m/s pk
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk
0 - 400 m/s 2 pk
0 - 500 m/s 2 pk
0 - 100 mm/s pk
0 - 20 g rms
0 - 25 g rms
0 - 40 g rms
0 - 50 g rms
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms
0 - 400 m/s 2 rms
0 - 500 m/s 2 rms
0 - 100 mm/s rms
0 - 20 g pk
0 -25 g pk
0 - 40 g pk
0 - 50 g pk
2
0 - 200 m/s pk
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk
0 - 400 m/s 2 pk
0 - 500 m/s 2 pk
0 - 100 mm/s pk
0 - 20 g rms
0 - 25 g rms
0 - 40 g rms
0 - 50 g rms
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms
0 - 400 m/s 2 rms
0 - 500 m/s 2 rms
0 - 100 mm/s rms
EXT ZENER
0 - 20 g pk
0 -25 g pk
0 - 40 g pk
0 - 50 g pk
2
0 - 200 m/s pk
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk
0 - 400 m/s 2 pk
0 - 500 m/s 2 pk
0 - 100 mm/s pk
0 - 20 g rms
0 - 25 g rms
0 - 40 g rms
0 - 50 g rms
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms
0 - 400 m/s 2 rms
0 - 500 m/s 2 rms
0 - 100 mm/s rms
0 - 20 g pk
0 -25 g pk
0 - 40 g pk
0 - 50 g pk
2
0 - 200 m/s pk
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk
0 - 400 m/s 2 pk
0 - 500 m/s 2 pk
0 - 100 mm/s pk
0 - 20 g rms
0 - 25 g rms
0 - 40 g rms
0 - 50 g rms
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms
0 - 400 m/s 2 rms
0 - 500 m/s 2 rms
0 - 100 mm/s rms
Trip
Multiply
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
25 mV/g pk, Hi freq, 155023-01
Transducer Type
NO BARRIERS
0 - 20 g pk
0 -25 g pk
0 - 40 g pk
0 - 50 g pk
0 - 200 m/s 2 pk
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk
0 - 400 m/s 2 pk
0 - 500 m/s 2 pk
0 - 100 mm/s pk
0 - 20 g rms
0 - 25 g rms
0 - 40 g rms
0 - 50 g rms
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms
0 - 400 m/s 2 rms
0 - 500 m/s 2 rms
0 - 100 mm/s rms
0 - 20 g pk
0 -25 g pk
0 - 40 g pk
0 - 50 g pk
0 - 200 m/s 2 pk
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk
0 - 400 m/s 2 pk
0 - 500 m/s 2 pk
0 - 100 mm/s pk
0 - 20 g rms
0 - 25 g rms
0 - 40 g rms
0 - 50 g rms
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms
0 - 400 m/s 2 rms
0 - 500 m/s 2 rms
0 - 100 mm/s rms
0 - 20 g pk
0 -25 g pk
0 - 40 g pk
0 - 50 g pk
2
0 - 200 m/s pk
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk
0 - 400 m/s 2 pk
0 - 500 m/s 2 pk
0 - 100 mm/s pk
0 - 20 g rms
0 - 25 g rms
0 - 40 g rms
0 - 50 g rms
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms
0 - 400 m/s 2 rms
0 - 500 m/s 2 rms
0 - 100 mm/s rms
0 - 20 g pk
0 -25 g pk
0 - 40 g pk
0 - 50 g pk
2
0 - 200 m/s pk
0 - 250 m/s 2 pk
0 - 400 m/s 2 pk
0 - 500 m/s 2 pk
0 - 100 mm/s pk
0 - 20 g rms
0 - 25 g rms
0 - 40 g rms
0 - 50 g rms
0 - 200 m/s 2 rms
0 - 250 m/s 2 rms
0 - 400 m/s 2 rms
0 - 500 m/s 2 rms
0 - 100 mm/s rms
EXT ZENER
not applicable
D-17
Trip
Multiply
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less
3X or less

Full Scale Range
INT ISOLATOR
not applicable
D-18
UOKV
-15.05
-15.05
na
-15.05
-11.37
na
-15.05
LOKV
-2.75
-2.75
na
-2.75
-5.34
na
-2.75
LOKV
-2.75
-2.75
-2.75
-2.75
-5.63
-5.63
-2.75
100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW, 330400,

100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW, 23733-03 I/F module
100 mV/g pk, Hi freq, 24145-01
25 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB, 330425
25 mV/.g pk, 20 kHz or less -3db, 49578-01
25 mV/g pk, Hi freq, 155023-01
UOKV
-15.05
-15.05
-15.05
-15.05
-11.37
-11.37
-15.05
No Barriers
Acceleration Transducer OK limits

Transducer
Acceleration Transducer OK Limits vs Transducer Type vs. Barrier Options
External Zener
Barrier
LOKV
UOKV
-2.75
-15.05
-3.1
-13.85
na
na
-2.75
-15.05
-5.34
-10.86
na
na
-2.75
-15.05
Appendix E
Appendix
Specifications and Monitor Options
Specifications - 1701/05 Terminal Base
Inputs/Outputs
Quantity
1
1
1
1
8
1
1
1
4
1
1
Modules
Connection
16 pin female Flexbus connector for connection directly to another Flex
module
16 pin male Flexbus connector for connection directly to Flexbus using Flex
extender cable
25 pin DSUB. Buffered dynamic output signals
15 pin DSUB. Not Used.
Coaxial connectors. Buffered dynamic output signals
Coaxial connector. Buffered Keyphasor output signal
Euro terminal. Buffered Keyphasor output signal
Euro terminal. + 24 Volt DC +/- primary power input. 14 to 18 AWG
8 conductor Euro terminals. Transducer field wiring terminals for 8 monitor
channels. 16 to 26 AWG.
8 conductor Euro terminal. Keyphasor field wiring for one channel. 16 to 26
AWG
Wiring stud for instrument earth connection
Module
Quantity
1
1
1
Up to 4
Up to 4
Power Supply
FieldMonitor Management Interface Module
2-channel Transducer I/O Module for Keyphasor
2-channel Monitor Modules
2-channel Transducer I/O Modules (one per monitor)
General Specifications
Physical
Dimensions (Length x width x height)
(modules installed)
Weight (no modules installed)
Mounting
Environmental Limits
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Operating Humidity
Storage Humidity
33.65 cm x 17.27 cm x 12.7 cm (13.25 in x 6.8 in x 5 in)

1.1 Kilograms (2 lbs, 6 oz)
Bulkhead. 4 #8 bolts. Can mount over top of DIN rails
-20 C to + 70 C
-40 C to + 85 C
0% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity
Specifications - 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor - Radial Vibration

Programmable Options
Proportional Values
Alarms
Alarm 1 (Alert), Alarm 2 (Danger)
Alarm Time Delays
Latching/Non-Latching Alarms
Alarm Hysteresis
Signal Processing Options
Bandwidth/Filtering
Full Scale Direct Range
Full Scale Gap Range

Gap Filter
Direct (Overall), Gap

Over Alarm 1 & 2 on Direct, Over/Under Alarm 1 on Gap
0.15, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.6, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 5.0, 6.0, 10.0, 20.0 seconds
Non-Latching only
0.5% of full scale
High Pass Corner Frequency in Hz

Low Pass Corner Frequency in Hz
1, 4
4000, 600
mils pp
micrometers pp
0 - 3 mils
0 - 100 um
0 - 5 mils
0 - 150 um
0 - 10 mils
0 - 200 um
0 - 15 mils
0 - 125 um
0 - 20 mils
0 - 250 um
0 - 300 um
0 - 400 um
0 - 500 um
24 Volts
- 3 db @ 0.09 Hz

Barriers
Transducer I/O Module Options
External Proximitor Options
Internal galvanically isolated barrier

External galvanically isolated barrier
Description
Internal 3300 5 meter Proximitor
Internal 3300 NSv 7 meter Proximitor
Proximitor/ Accelerometer I/O
External -18 Volt Proximitor I/O
Description
3300 5mm
3300 8mm
330800 PROXPAC
3300XL
7200 5mm
7200 8mm
7200 11mm
7200 14mm
3300 RAM
3300 XL NSv
3000 -18 Volt
Part Number
170133-050-xx
170133-090-xx
170133-014-xx
170150-070-00
170172-050-xx
170172-090-xx
170180-01-xx
170180-05-xx
I/O Module
170180-01-xx
170180-05-xx
Control I/O
Specifications @ 25 C
Direct accuracy
Direct resolution
Gap accuracy
Gap Resolution
Gap Setpoint Resolution
Power input
Power Consumption
Setpoint resolution
Flex read/write rate
Buffered Output
Channel On/Off
Monitor Reset
Channel Inhibit
Trip Multiply
Programmable, none, 1.5, 2, 3
(Accuracy is monitor input to output)
1% of full scale max (exclusive of filters)
0.1% of full scale
+/- 20mV, -1 to -23 Volt
1 mV
0.10 Volt
- 24 Volt, + 5 Volt, from1701 Power Supply
1.5 Watt (not including transducers)
0.5% of full scale
25 millisec (monitor to Flex adapter)
100 ft cable at 60pF/ft, not isolated
Output impedance
200 ohms
Physical
Dimensions HxWxD
Weight
Storage Temperature
Operating Humidity
Storage Humidity
127mm x 21.6mm x 105mm (5 in x 0.85 in x 4.15 in)

314 grams (11 oz)
-20 C to + 70 C
-40 C to + 85 C
Specifications - 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor - Thrust Position

Proportional Values
Alarms
Alarm Time Delays
OK Mode
Alarm Hysteresis
Bandwidth/Filtering
Direct Filter
Gap Filter
Full Scale Direct Range
E-2
Direct, Gap
Over/Under Alarm 1 & Alarm 2 on Direct
0.15, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.6, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 5.0, 6.0, 10.0, 20.0 seconds
Non-Latching only
Non-Latching only
0.5% of full scale
-3dB @ 1.2 Hz
-3dB @ 0.041 Hz
mils
10 - 0 - 10
millimeters
0.250 - 0 - 0.250
Appendix E Specifications and Monitor Options
Full Scale Gap Range

Normal Thrust Direction
Direct Zero Position
Barriers
External Proximitor Options
25 - 0 - 25
0.500 - 0 - 0.500
30 - 0 - 30
0.600 - 0 - 0.600
40 - 0 - 40
0.800 - 0 - 0.800
50 - 0 - 50
1.0 - 0 - 1.0
75 - 0 - 75
2.0 - 0 - 2.0
24 Volts
Towards probe
Away from probe
Set using I/O data tables
Description
Part Number
170133-050-xx
170133-090-xx
170133-014-xx
170150-070-00
Internal 3300 NSv 7 meter Proximitor
170172-050-xx
170172-090-xx
External Proximitor I/O
170180-01-xx
External -18 Volt Proximitor I/O
170180-05-xx
Description
I/O Module
3300 5mm
3300 8mm
3300XL
330800 PROXPAC
7200 5mm
170180-01-xx
7200 8mm
7200 11mm
7200 14mm
3300 RAM
3300 XL NSv
3000 -18 Volt
170180-05-xx
Control I/O
Direct accuracy
Direct resolution
Gap accuracy
Gap Resolution
Power input
Power Consumption
Setpoint resolution
Buffered Output
Channel On/Off
Monitor Reset
Channel Inhibit
1% of full scale max, (exclusive of filters)
0.1% of full scale
+/- 20mV, -1 to -23 Volt
1 mV
- 24 Volt, + 5 Volt, from 1701 Power Supply
0.5% of full scale
Output impedance
200 ohms
Physical
Dimensions HxWxD
Weight
Storage Temperature
Operating Humidity
Storage Humidity

314 grams (11 oz)
-20 C to + 70 C
-40 C to + 85 C
Specifications - 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor - Velocity

Proportional Values
One per channel
direct velocity
rms velocity
integrated velocity
filtered direct velocity
filtered rms velocity
E-3

filtered integrated velocity
Alarms
Alarm Time Delays
OK Mode
Alarm Hysteresis
Bandwidth/Filtering
Direct velocity
Direct rms or integrated direct velocity
Filters
Filter Programmable Options
Full Scale Ranges
Barriers
External Transducer Options
Over Alarm 1 & Alarm 2 on single proportional value

0.15, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.6, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 5.0, 6.0, 10.0, 20.0 seconds
Non-Latching only
Non-Latching only
0.5% of full scale
3 Hz to 5,500 Hz
10 Hz to 5,500 Hz
th
Programmable low pass (LP) and high pass (HP) 4 order (-80 dB/decade)
3, 10, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 50, 60, 80,
5500, 4000, 3000, 2000, 1600,
100, 110, 120
1400, 1200, 1000, 800, 600, 400,
450, 200, 120, 100
Note: The allowed programmable corner frequencies depend on the
transducer type and the full-scale range type as shown in the tables on page
C-9.
Peak velocity (no
Integrated velocity, PP
RMS velocity
integration)
0 - 0.5 in/s
0 - 5 mil
0 - 0.5 in/s rms
0 - 1.0 in/s
0 - 10 mil
0 - 1.0 in/s rms
0 - 2.0 in/s
0 - 20 mil
0 - 2.0 in/s rms
0 - 3.0 in/s
0 - 3.0 in/s rms
0 - 10 mm/s
0 - 100 um
0 - 10 mm/s rms
0 - 20 mm/s
0 - 200 um
0 - 20 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s
0 - 500 um
0 - 40 mm/s rms
0 - 75 mm/s
0 - 50 mm/s rms
0 - 75 mm/s rms
External Zener Barrier (VELOMITORS ONLY)
Description
Part Number
Velomitor I/O
170180-03-xx
Velocity I/O
170180-02-xx
Velomitor A & Velocity B I/O
170180-04-xx
Description
Use with I/O Module
170180-03-xx or 170180-04 Channel
Velomitor
A only
170180-03-xx or 170180-04 Channel
High Temperature Velomitor
A only
CEC 4 - 126
170180-02-xx or 170180-04 Channel
B only
9200
170180-02-xx or 170180-04 Channel
B only
Control I/O
Direct accuracy
Direct resolution
Power input
Power Consumption
Setpoint resolution
Buffered Output
(Buffered signal is unprocessed
transducer signal)
Channel On/Off
Monitor Reset
Channel Inhibit
Trip Multiply
Timed OK/Channel Defeat
Enabled, Disabled (30 sec delay)
1% of full scale for full scale ranges with voltage spans > 200mVp.
2.0% of full scale for full scale ranges with voltage spans 200 mVp
(exclusive of filters)
0.1% of full scale
- 24 Volt, + 5 Volt, from1701 Power Supply
0.5% of full scale
Output impedance
200 ohms
Physical
Dimensions HxWxD
E-4

Weight
Storage Temperature
Operating Humidity
Storage Humidity
314 grams (11 oz)

-20 C to + 70 C
-40 C to + 85 C
Specifications - 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor - Acceleration

Proportional Values
Alarms
Alarm Time Delays
OK Mode
Alarm Hysteresis
Conversions
(Integrator position with respect to
filtering: Filters before integrator only)
Bandwidth/Filtering
Two channels of acceleration input
One channel acceleration input,

one channel unused
Filters
Filter Programmable options
One per channel
direct acceleration
rms acceleration
filtered direct acceleration
filtered rms acceleration
integrated direct acceleration (velocity)
integrated rms acceleration
filtered integrated direct acceleration
filtered integrated rms acceleration
Over Alarm 1 & Alarm 2 on single proportional value

0.15, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.6, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 5.0, 6.0, 10.0, 20.0 seconds
Non-Latching only
Non-Latching only
0.5% of full scale
Integrated
rms
Output type
Peak acceleration
rms acceleration
Peak velocity
rms velocity
Selectable Filter Ranges (HP to LP)

3 Hz to 31.55 kHz
10 Hz to 31.55 kHz
20 Hz to 14.05 kHz
20 Hz to 14.05 kHz
Output type
Selectable Filter Ranges (HP to LP)
Peak acceleration
3 Hz to 24.3 KHz
rms acceleration
10 Hz to 24.3 KHz
Peak velocity
20 Hz to 24.3 KHz
rms velocity
20 Hz to 24.3 KHz
th
Programmable low pass (LP) and high pass (HP) 4 order (-80 dB/decade)
Dual Channel 14.05 kHz Accel Monitor Type (01)
3, 10, 12, 16, 20, 22, 25, 30, 50, 60,
14050, 13200, 12100, 10600, 10000,
100, 120, 150, 200
9000, 8100, 7000, 6100, 5000, 4100,
3100, 2100, 1100
Dual Channel 31.55 kHz Accel Monitor Type (10)
3, 10, 12, 16, 20, 22, 25, 30, 50, 60,
31550, 26000, 23700, 15800, 13250,
100, 120, 150, 200
12100, 10600, 10000, 8100, 6000,
5000, 3000, 2100, 1000
Single Channel 24.3 kHz Accel Monitor Type (11)
3, 10, 12, 16, 20, 22, 25, 30, 50, 60,
24300, 21000, 18000, 15800, 13250,
100, 120, 150, 200
12100, 10600, 10000, 8100, 6000,
5000, 3000, 2100, 1000
Note: The allowed programmable corner frequencies depend on the channel
type and the full-scale range type as shown in the tables on page D-9 and D10.
E-5

Full Scale Ranges
Peak
acceleration,
no integration
0 - 2 gs pk
0 - 5 gs pk
0 - 10 gs pk
0 - 20 gs pk
0 - 25 gs pk
0 - 40 gs pk
0 - 50 gs pk
2
0 - 20 m/s pk
2
0 - 50 m/s pk
2
0 - 100 m/s pk
2
0 - 200 m/s pk
2
0 - 250 m/s pk
2
0 - 400 m/s pk
2
0 - 500 m/s pk
Integrated
acceleration,
pk
0 - 1.0 in/s pk
0 - 2.0 in/s pk
0 - 25 mm/s pk
0 - 50 mm/s pk
0 - 100 mm/s pk
RMS
acceleration
RMS integrated
acceleration
0 - 2 gs rms
0 - 5 gs rms
0 - 10 gs rms
0 - 20 gs rms
0 - 25 gs rms
0 - 40 gs rms
0 - 50 gs rms
2
0 - 20 m/s rms
2
0 - 50 m/s rms
2
0 - 100 m/s rms
2
0 - 200 m/s rms
2
0 - 250 m/s rms
2
0 - 400 m/s rms
2
0 - 500 m/s rms
0 - 1.0 in/s rms

0 - 2.0 in/s rms
0 - 25 mm/s rms
0 - 50 mm/s rms
0 - 100 mm/s rms
Barriers

External Transducer Options

Description
Part Number
Proximitor/Accel I/O
170180-01-xx
Description
Part Number
100 mV/g pk
*23733-03
High frequency acceleration
*24145-02
100 mV/g pk
49578-01
High frequency acceleration
*155023-01
100 mV/g pk
330400
25 mV/g pk
330425
* Note: These products are not recommended for new designs because they
are old products scheduled for phase out. Use 330400 and 330425
acceleration systems where feasible.
Control I/O
Direct accuracy
Direct resolution
Power input
Power Consumption
Setpoint resolution
Buffered Output
(Buffered signal is unprocessed
transducer signal)
Channel On/Off
Monitor Reset
Channel Inhibit
Trip Multiply
Timed OK/Channel Defeat
Enabled, Disabled (30 sec delay)
1% of full scale for full scale ranges with voltage spans > 200mVp.
2% of full scale for full scale ranges with voltage spans 200 mVp
(exclusive of filters)
0.1% of full scale
- 24 Volt, + 5 Volt, from 1701 Power Supply
0.5% of full scale
Output impedance
200 ohms
Physical
Dimensions HxWxD
Weight
Storage Temperature
Operating Humidity
Storage Humidity
E-6

314 grams (11 oz)
-20 C to + 70 C
-40 C to + 85 C
Specifications - External Transducer I/O Module

Signal Inputs
170180-01-xxx
170180-02-xxx
170180-03-xxx
170180-04-xxx
170180-05-xxx
Relative Humidity
Storage Temperature
Weight
Proximitor Sensor/ Accelerometer Interface
Module
Input Signal Voltage Range
Output Voltage Range
Frequency Response
Current draw (without transducer)
Current Limit Setpoint
2-Wire Velocity Transducer Interface Module
Frequency Response
Input Impedance
Channel A
One Proximitor or Accelerometer
with -24 Vdc Supply
One 2-wire Velocity Transducer
One Velomitor Velocity
Transducer
One Velomitor Velocity
Transducer
One Proximitor sensor with -18
Vdc supply
Channel B
One Proximitor or Accelerometer
with -24 Vdc Supply
One Velomitor Velocity Transducer
One Proximitor Sensor with -18
Vdc supply
100% condensing nonsubmerged from 7 C to 85 C (45 F to 185 F) when

the connector is protected.
-34 C to +85 C (-30 F to +185 F)
-40 C to +85 C (-40 F to +185 F)
277g (9.75 oz.) typical
0 to -Vt V
0 to -Vt V
-5% at >25 kHz
2.0 mA maximum
33.6 mA min, 37.6 mA max at 25C (77F)
0 to -Vt V
0 to -Vt V
-5% at >25 KHz
9.98 0.02 K$
2.0 mA maximum
Velomitor Piezo-Velocity Transducer

Transducer Nominal Bias Voltage
Transducer Regulated Current
Frequency Response
0 to -Vt V
0 to -Vt V
-12 Vdc
3.00 to 4.10 mA
-5% at >25 KHz
1.5 mA maximum
-18 V Proximitor Interface Module

Transducer Supply Voltage
Frequency Response
0 to -Vt V
0 to -Vt V
-17.75 to -18.24 Vdc
-5% at >25 kHz
2.0 mA maximum
E-7
FieldMonitor
System for Hazardous Areas
System Specifications
Primary DC Power Input Range
This is the primary power input range using the 1701/10 24 Volt DC Supply
+19 Volt DC to + 33 Volt DC
Power Dissipation
Typical
Complete system (4 monitors, 5 isolators, 5

Transducer I/O Modules or Internal Proximitor
Sensors)
36 Watts at +24 Volt
Installation
Install per control drawing 141265
Power Input Range
Installs in a safe area, CSA/NRTL Zone 2 IIC and Class 1 Division 2, Gp A,

B, C, D,
Or Cenelec Zone 2 IIC
1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base Specifications

All Specifications are at 23 2 C, (73.4 3.6 F)
Inputs/Outputs
Quantity
1
1
1
8
1
1
1
4
1
1
Modules
Connection
16 pin female Flexbus connector for connection directly to another Flex
module
16 pin male Flexbus connector for connection directly to Flexbus using Flex
extender cable
25 pin DSUB. Buffered dynamic output signals
Coaxial connectors. Buffered dynamic output signals
Coaxial connector. Buffered Keyphasor output signal
Euro terminal. Buffered Keyphasor output signal
Euro terminal. + 24 Volt DC +/- primary power input. 14 to 18 AWG
8 conductor Euro terminals. Transducer field wiring terminals for 8 monitor
channels. 16 to 18 AWG. These connections are intrinsically safe when
galvanic isolators are installed.
8 conductor Euro terminal. Keyphasor field wiring for one channel. 16 to
18 AWG. This connection is intrinsically safe when a galvanic isolator is
installed
Wiring stud for hazardous area earth connection
Wiring stud for instrument earth connection
Module
Quantity
1
1
1
1
Up to 4
Up to 4
Up to 4
Power Supply
FieldMonitor Management Interface Module
2-channel Transducer I/O Module for Keyphasor
170190 Dual Galvanic Isolator for Keyphasor
2-channel Monitor Modules
170190 Dual Galvanic Isolator (one per monitor)
2-channel Transducer I/O Modules (one per monitor)
Physical
Dimensions (Length x width x height)
(modules installed)
Weight (no modules installed)
Mounting
Storage Temperature
Operating Humidity
Storage Humidity
Hazardous Area Approvals
50.80 cm x 20.32 cm x 12.7 cm (20.00 in x 8.0 in x 5 in)

1.6 Kilograms (3 lbs, 8 oz)
Bulkhead. 6 #10 bolts. Can mount over top of DIN rails
-20 C to + 70 C (-4 F to +158 F) ambient air temperature next to
modules
-40 C to + 85 C (-40 F to +185 F)
CSA/NRTL/C Class I Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D, T4 at Tamb = + 70 C
CSA Class I Zone 2 IIC
E-8

LCIE EEx nA [ia] IIC, (Cenelec Zone 2 IIC), T4 at Tamb = + 70 C
170190 Dual Galvanic Isolator Specifications

All Specifications are at 23 2 C, (73.4 3.6 F)
Signal Inputs (The 170190 isolator interfaces
to two transducers and works with either internal
or external transducers. When an external
transducer is used a Transducer I/O Module is
installed in the terminal base.)
Input Type
Two external 24 Volt Proximitor Sensors
Internal Dual Proximitor Modules (2 channels)
Transducers that are not listed can be used with the isolator if they are
approved and their entity parameters are within the isolators specification.
See the Safety and Entity Parameters section below.
Refer to the transducer data sheet for exact ordering information.
Transducer I/O Module or Internal Transducer
Transducer
170180-01-05
-24 Volt Proximitor Sensors:
330100
330800
330801
330900
7200 5 mm, 8 mm
7200 14mm
Not applicable
170133-050-05
170133-090-05
170133-140-05
Two Acceleration sensors
170172-050-05
170172-090-05
170180-01-05
Two Velocity sensors
170180-02-05
Two Velomitor sensors
170180-03-05
Velomitor sensor on channel A and a Velocity

sensor on channel B.
170180-04-05
-24 Volt Acceleration sensors:

330400
330425
23733
49578
24145
9200
74712
CEC 4-126 or equivalent
330500
330525
330750
330752
Channel A: 330500
330525
330750
Channel B: 9200
74712
CEC 4-126 or equivalent
Environmental Specifications
Relative Humidity
Storage Temperature
Weight
95% non-condensing
-20 C to +70 C (-4 F to +158 F) ambient air temperature next to modules
-40 C to +85 C (-40 F to +185 F)
200g (7.0 oz.) typical
Power Input
+24 Volt DC input from terminal base
-Vt, transducer voltage input from monitor
+24 Volt Power
-Vt Power with no transducers connected
AC Performance (Typical)
AC Amplitude
Frequency Range
1 Hz to 5 KHz
5 KHz to 10 KHz
10 KHz to 20 KHz
AC Ripple
+18 to +32 Volt DC at input to isolator

97 mA at +24 Volt
29 mA each channel
Specification is input to output of isolator in percent of the monitors
configured full scale range. The specification depends on the type of signal
processing, peak or peak to peak versus rms, and on the amplitude of the full
scale signal.
Full Scale Ranges less than 200 mV Full Scale Ranges greater than 200
peak
mV peak
Peak or peak-toRMS signal
Peak or peak-toRMS signal
peak signal
processing
peak signal
processing
processing
processing
+4 to +2%
+1 to -2%
+1 to 2%
+1 to -2%
+3 to +1%
0 to -2%
-1 to -4%
-1 to -3%
+3 to -2%
0 to -4 %
-3 to -10%
-2 to -7%
14 mV rms, 20 KHz bandwidth
E-9

AC Phase
0 to 200 Hz
200 Hz to 600 Hz
600 Hz to 1 KHz
1 KHz to 10 KHz
10 KHz to 20 KHz
DC Performance
DC error for DC inputs between 2.0
Volt DC and 20 Volt DC
Hazardous Area Approvals
170190-01 Dual Galvanic Isolator
( Delay is equal to or less than 12.5 microsecond)

Less than or equal to 0.86 degrees
Less than or equal to 90 degrees
Specification is input to output of isolator
100 milliVolt DC
The system, including the isolator, transducer i/o modules and internal
Proximitors must install in a safe area or Div 2/Zone 2. The interface to
external transducers and the proximity probe connectors on the internal
Proximitors are intrinsically safe and have the approvals shown.
CSA/NRTL/C Class I Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D, T4 at Tamb = + 70 C
CSA Class I Zone 2
LCIE EEx nA [ia] IIC, (Cenelec Zone 2 IIC), T4 at Tamb = + 70
Transducer I/O Modules and Internal

Proximitor Modules when used with the 170190
isolator
170180-01-05
170180-02-05
170180-03-05
170180-04-05
170133-xxx-05
170172-xxx-05
Safety Parameters, maximum output

voltage and current per channel (The
safety.parameters are the maximum output
voltage and current into the hazardous area.)
Transducer I/O Module or Internal
Transducer
170180-01-05
170180-02-05
170180-03-05
170180-04-05, Channel A
170180-04-05, Channel B
170133-xxx-05
170172-xxx-05
Entity Parameters, maximum external

capacitance and inductance per
channel (Entity parameters are used to
CSA/NRTL/C
LCIE (CENELEC)
Class 1
Div 1, Gps A, B, C, D
Class 1
Class 1
Class 1
Class 1
Class 1
EEx ia IIC
E-10
EEx ia IIC
EEx ia IIC
EEx ia IIC
EEx ia IIC
EEx ia IIC
This specification gives UO and IO, the maximum voltage and current at the
intrinsically safe field wiring terminals on the terminal base when the 170190
isolator is used with the Transducer I/O Modules indicated. These two
parameters are derived from the combination of the signal and power
interface to a singe transducer.
UO ,Volts
IO ,mA
26.8
26.8
26.8
26.8
26.8
26.8
26.8
119.8
19
119.8
119.8
19
119.8
119.8
This specification gives the limits for combined cable/sensor capacitance

and inductance when the 170190 isolator is used with the Transducer I/O
Modules indicated.
determine if a system composed of individual

approved components, such as a sensor, cabling,
signal conditioning, and isolator is within safe
limits when it is connected as a system.)
Transducer I/O Module
170180-01-05
170180-03-05
170180-02-05
170180-04-05, Channel A
170180-04-05, Channel B
IIC
IIB
IIA
Co , nF
74
Lo , mH
2.73
Co , nF
680
Lo , mH
11.10
Co , nF
2,330
Lo , mH
22.25
70
52
70
110
2.73
110
698
680
698
443
11.10
443
2348
2,330
2348
886
22.25
886

Null Input Offset Error (Null Input Offset
Error ,NOIE, is the signal reading when there is
no dynamic vibration from the connected sensor.)
Full Scale Range Type
Peak-to-Peak Displacement
Peak Velocity
RMS Velocity
Peak-to-Peak Displacement (Integrated Velocity)
Peak Acceleration
RMS Acceleration
Peak Velocity (Integrated Acceleration)
RMS Velocity (Integrated Acceleration)
DC Output with Input Open

Transducer IO Module or Internal
Proximitor Module
170180-01-05
170133-xxx-05
170172-xxx-05
This specification gives the typical values of NIOE measured using the digital
scaled value returned by the vibration monitor connected to the Isolator. Null
Input offset error can be reduced by decreasing channel bandwidth and by
selecting rms full scale ranges when using velocity or acceleration sensors.
Transducer Type
Null Input Offset Error
200 mV/mil (7.87 mV/um)
0.03 mil peak-to-peak
(0.8 micrometer peak-to-peak)
Proximitor Sensors
100 mV/in/s pk (3.93 mV/mm/s pk)
0.04 in/s peak
(1.0 mm/s peak)
Velomitor Sensors
0.048 in/s peak
(1.2 mm/s peak)
Velomitor Sensors
0.04 in/s peak
Velocity sensors
(1.0 mm/s peak)
0.01 in/s peak
(0.25 mm/s peak)
Seismoprobe Sensors
0.01 in/s rms
(0.25 mm/s rms)
Velomitor Sensors
0.018 in/s rms
(0.46 mm/s rms)
Velomitor Sensors
0.01 in/s rms
Velocity sensors
(0.25 mm/s rms)
0.002 in/s rms
(0.05 mm/s rms)
Seismoprobe Sensors
Velomitor Sensors
Velomitor Sensors
Velocity sensors
Seismoprobe Sensors
100 mV/g Accelerometers
0.10 g peak
2
(1.0 m/s peak)
0.50 g peak
2
(4.9 m/ s peak)
0.02 g rms
2
(0.20 m/s rms)
0.10 g rms
2
(1.00 m/s rms)
0.009 in/s peak
(0.23 mm/s peak)
0.043 in/s peak
(1.10 mm/s peak)
0.003 in/s rms
(0.08 mm/s rms)
0.012 in/s rms
(0.3 mm/s rms)
This specification gives the minimum DC output voltage from the isolator with
the input signal connected to common or open circuit when using an external
or internal Proximitor Module.
Equal to or more positive than 1.00 Volt dc
E-11
Specifications - 170133 Internal Proximitor Module

The following specifications apply at 22 C (72 F) with a Bently Nevada supplied AISI 4140 steel target. Typical is defined as
90% of the devices built meeting the specification. The calibration range is 250 m (10 mil) to 2250 m (90 mil).
Note:
Operation outside the specified limits may result in false readings and/or loss of machine monitoring.
System
Average Scale Factor (ASF)
Typical
7.87 0.21 mV/m (200.0 5.4 mV/mil)
Incremental Scale Factor (ISF)
Typical
7.87 0.51 mV/m (200.0 13 mV/mil)
Deviation from Straight Line (DSL)
This specification covers a range starting at the beginning of the calibration
range 250 m (10 mil) and ending at 2250 m (90 mil). Error is referenced
to the straight line which is centered to yield minimum error and which has a
7.87 mV/m (200 mV/mil) slope over the calibration range.
Typical
Less than 38 m (1.5 mil)
Frequency response (at 50 mils gap)
0 to 12.5 KHz (750,000 cpm), -3dB
Proximitor Sensor
Interchangeability error
Average scale factor (ASF) change
Typical
Apparent gap change
At 1270 m (50 mil) gap
Weight
Temperature
Storage
Operating
Relative Humidity
Indication of faults
intrinsic safety
Probe
DC resistance (nominal) (RPROBE)
Connector torque requirement
Recommended minimum bend radius
Temperature
Storage
Operating
Relative Humidity
Cable
Typical
Apparent gap change
DC resistance, nominal
Center conductor (RCORE)
Shield (RJACKET)
Capacitance
Minimum bend radius
Temperature
Storage
Operating
Relative Humidity
E-12
Less than 0.09 mV/m (2.3 mV/mil)

180 m (7.1 mil) maximum
320 g (11.3 oz)
-40 C to +85 C (-40 F to +185 F)
-34 C to +85 C (-30 F to +185 F)
100% condensing non-submerged from 7 C to 85 C (45 F to 185 F) when
connectors are protected.
The output will go to within 1.0 volt (typically 0.7 volts) of common if a short or
open circuit occurs in an extension cable or probe.
The 1701 Proximitor Sensor is designed to be used only with the 1701
7.3 + 0.28 /m (7.3 + 0.087 /ft)
0.565 Nm (5 inlb) minimum
(approximately finger tight plus 1/8 turn.)
25.4 mm (1.00 in)
-34 C to +177 C (-30 F to +350 F)
-34 C to +177 C (-30 F to +350 F)
100% condensing nonsubmerged from 7C to 85C (45 F to 185 F) when

0.222 /m (0.067 /ft)
0.066 /m (0.020 /ft)
69.9 pF/m (21.3 pF/ft) typical
25.4 mm (1.0 in)
-51 C to +177 C (-60 F to +350 F)
-51 C to +177 C (-60 F to +350 F)
100% condensing nonsubmerged from 2 C to 100 C (35 F to 212 F)
when connectors are protected.
DSL ERROR IN MILS

Referenced to 200 MV/MIL
10
-5
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
10
20
30
40
50
25 deg C (77 deg F)
90
100
110
120
130
140
20%
ISF ERROR
15%
10%
5%
0%
-5%
-10%
-15%
-20%
90
100
110
120
130
140
100
110 120
130
85 deg C (185 deg F)
140
-24
-22
-20
OUTPUT (VOLTS)
-18
-16
-14
-12
-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
0
60
70
80
90
70 deg C (158 deg F)
170133 System Performance Graphs - 5m Proximitor and 4m (13.1 ft) cable at high temperature
E-13
DSL ERROR IN MILS

10
-5
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
20%
ISF ERROR
15%
10%
5%
0%
-5%
-10%
-15%
-20%
100
110
120
130
140
100
110
120
130
140
-24
-22
-20
OUTPUT (VOLTS)
-18
-16
-14
-12
-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
0
25 deg C (77 deg F)
-20 deg C (-4 deg F)
-35 deg C (-31 deg F)
170133 System Performance Graphs - 5m Proximitor

and 4m (13.1 ft) cable at low temperature
E-14
Specifications - 170150 Internal Proximitor

Module
The following specifications apply over ambient temperature range of 0 C to 45 C with a Bently Nevada supplied AISI 4140 steel
target. The calibration range is 250 m (10 mil) to 1750 m (70 mil).
Note:
Operation outside the specified limits may result in false readings and/or loss of machine monitoring.
System
Incremental Scale Factor (ISF)
Typical
7.87 +1.10/-1.69 mV/m (200.0 +28/-43 mV/mil)
Deviation from Straight Line (DSL)
This specification covers a range starting at the beginning of the calibration
range 250 m (10 mil) and ending at 1750 m (70 mil). Error is referenced
to the straight line which is centered to yield minimum error and which has a
7.87 mV/m (200 mV/mil) slope over the calibration range.
Less than 58 m (2.3 mil)
Gap at 0.51mm (20 mils)
Less than 0.23 mm (9 mils)
Frequency response
0 to 10 KHz (600,000 cpm), -3dB
Proximitor Sensor
Weight
Temperature
Storage
Operating
Relative Humidity
Indication of faults
Probe
DC resistance (nominal) (RPROBE)
Recommended minimum bend radius
Temperature
Storage
Operating
Relative Humidity
Cable
DC resistance, nominal
Center conductor (RCORE)
Shield (RJACKET)
Capacitance
Minimum bend radius
Temperature
Storage
Operating
Relative Humidity
320 g (11.3 oz)

-40 C to +85 C (-40 F to +185 F)
-34 C to +85 C (-30 F to +185 F)
100% condensing non-submerged from 7 C to 85 C (45 F to 185 F) when
The output will go to within 1.0 volt (typically 0.7 volts) of common if a short or
open circuit occurs in an extension cable or probe.
3.9 + 0.28 /m (3.9 + 0.087 /ft)
(Approximately finger tight plus 1/8 turn.)
25.4 mm (1.00 in)
-34 C to +177 C (-30 F to +350 F)
-34 C to +177 C (-30 F to +350 F)
100% condensing nonsubmerged from 7C to 85C (45 F to 185 F) when
0.220 /m (0.067 /ft)

0.066 /m (0.020 /ft)
69.9 pF/m (21.3 pF/ft) typical
25.4 mm (1.0 in)
-51 C to +177 C (-60 F to +350 F)
-51 C to +177 C (-60 F to +350 F)
100% condensing nonsubmerged from 2 C to 100 C (35 F to 212 F)
when connectors are protected.
E-15
Gap (m m )
0.00
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
DSL Error (mils)
3
2
1
0
-1
-2
-3
-4
ISF Error (%)

Referenced to 200
MV/MIL
15
10
5
0
-5
-10
-15
-24
-22
-20
Output (Volts)
-18
-16
-14
-12
-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
0
Gap (m ils)
23C (73F )
65C (150F )
85C (185C)

and 6m (19.7 ft) cable at high temperature
E-16
Gap (m m )
0.00
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
DSL Error (mils)
3
2
1
0
-1
-2
-3
-4
ISF ERROR (%)

Referenced to 200
MV/MIL
15
10
5
0
-5
-10
-15
-24
-22
-20
Output (Volts)
-18
-16
-14
-12
-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
0
Gap (m ils)
23C (73F )
0C (32F )
-35C (-31F )

and 6m (19.7 ft) cable at low temperature
E-17
Specifications - 1701/10 24 Volt Power Supply

Input voltage range
Inrush current
Fusing
Isolation Voltage
Overvoltage protection
Input conductor size
+ 18 Volt to + 36 Volt DC
30 Amp pk nominal
250 V, 3 Amp, SB
850 volts DC, primary to chassis, 1 minute
No damage to 50 volt DC
14 to 26 AWG
Physical
Dimensions HxWxD
Weight
Storage Temperature
Operating Humidity
Storage Humidity
E-18
105 mm x 150 mm x 56 mm (4.1 in x 5.9 in x 2.2 in)

0.57 Kg (1.25 lb)
-20 C to + 70 C
-40 C to + 85 C
Appendix F
Appendix
Tested Network Adapters
Bently Nevada Corporation has tested certain Flex network adapters with the
1701 product. These tests consist of verifying communication, configuration,
power up, and removal and insertion under power.
For an updated list contact your Bently Nevada representative.
Adapter
Controller
1794 ACN
ControlNet 1.25
1794 ACN15
ControlNet 1.5
Allen-Bradley 1785
L20C
Allen-Bradley 1785
L20C15
1794 ACN15
ControlNet 1.5
Tested Adapters
Adapter
Manufacturer
Allen-Bradley
Adapter Revision
Comments
Series A, Rev A01
Not Recommended
Allen-Bradley
Series A, Rev A01,

F/W Rev B
Allen-Bradley 1785
L20C15
Allen-Bradley
Series B, Rev A
1794 ASB
Remote I/O
Allen-Bradley 1785
L20C
Allen-Bradley 1785
L20C15
Allen-Bradley
Series C, Rev C01,

F/W Rev D
On rare occasions
during removal and
insertion under power
(RIUP) and at power
up modules may not
configure. If this
occurs, cycle power to
the node.
Power up and RIUP
problem has been
fixed.
On rare occasions
during removal and
insertion under power
and at power up
modules may not
configure. If this
occurs, cycle power to
the node
1794 ADN
DeviceNet
Allen-Bradley
ControlLogix, 1756
DeviceNet Bridge
Allen-Bradley 1785
L20C15 with Prosoft
Technology Modbus
Gateway
Siemens S7-300 PLC,
315-2 DP Processor
Allen-Bradley
Series B, Rev A01
Prosoft Technology
FW rev 1
Hilscher Profibus
card/software in
personal computer
Hassbjer Micro
System (HMS)
FW rev 1/HW rev 1
3170 MBS
Modbus
3170 PDP
9900-HMS-APB
Profibus DP
Prosoft Technology
Hardware configuration
requires special
instructions.
GSD file is supplied
with the adapter
F-2
Appendix G
Appendix
1701/05 Terminal Base Installation and
Wiring Diagrams
Drawing Title
Terminal Base Direct Hookup to Flex Module
Terminal Base Indirect Hookup to Flex Module
Dual External Proximitor / Acceleration I/O
Dual External Proximitor / Acceleration I/O with External
Barriers
Dual External Proximitor / Acceleration I/O with input from
Accelerometer Interface Module
Dual External Proximitor / Acceleration I/O with External
Barriers and Input from Accelerometer Interface Modules
Dual External Proximitor / Acceleration with Input from
350500 Dynamic Pressure Charge Amplifier (DPCA)
Dual External Proximitor / Acceleration with External Barriers
and Input from 350500 Dynamic Pressure Charge Amplifier
(DPCA)
Dual External -18 V Proximitor I/O Module
Dual Channel Velocity I/O with Seismoprobe Input
Dual Channel Velomitor I/O Module
Dual Channel Velomitor I/O Module with External Barriers
Dual Channel Velomitor I/O Module with PCB 102M203 Or
PCB 102M206 Input
Dual Channel Velomitor I/O Module with external barriers
and PCB 102M206 input
Dual Channel Velomitor/Seismoprobe I/O Module
Dual Internal Proximitor Module
1701/22 Conditioned Keyphasor Hookup
1701/05 Overall Dimensions with Power Supply and Modules
Installed
1701/05 Mounting Dimensions with no Power Supply and
Modules Installed
Ethernet Connection
System Wiring Notes
Page
G-2
G-3
G-4
G-5
G-6
G-7
G-8
G-9
G-10
G-11
G-12
G-13
G-14
G-15
G-16
G-17
G-18
G-19
G-20
G-21
G-22 to
G-25
G-1
G-2
G-3
Appendix G Field Wiring Diagrams

G-4

G-5
SHIELD B
COM B
SIG B
Vt B
SHIELD A
COM A
SIG A
Vt A

G-6

G-7

G-8

G-9

G-10

G-11

G-12

G-13

G-14

G-15

G-16

G-17
G-18
G-19
G-20
G-21
G-22
G-23
G-24
G-25
G-26
Appendix H
Appendix
Installation and Wiring Diagrams
Drawing Title
System Wiring Notes
Terminal Base Direct Hookup to Flex Module
Terminal Base Indirect Hookup to Flex Module
Dual External Proximitor / Acceleration I/O with Proximitor
Input
Dual External Proximitor / Acceleration I/O with input from
Accelerometer Interface Module
Dual External Proximitor/ Accelerometer I/O with input from
350500 Dynamic Pressure Charge Amplifier (DPCA)
Dual Channel Velocity I/O with Seismoprobe Input
Dual Channel Velomitor I/O Module
Dual Channel Velomitor I/O with PCB 102M203 or PCB
102M206 Input
Dual Channel Velomitor / Velocity I/O Module
Dual Internal Proximitor Module
1701/22 Conditioned Keyphasor Hookup
1701/06 Overall Dimensions with Power Supply and Modules
Installed
Ethernet Connection
Allowable Cable Capacitance and Inductance
Page
H-2 to
H-3
H-4
H-5
H-6
H-7
H-8
H-9
H-10
H-11
H-12
H-13
H-14
H-15
H-16
H-17
to H18
H-2
H-3
Appendix H Approval Installation Drawing
H-4

H-5

H-6
$8 /1%671

H-7
H-8

H-9

H-10

H-11

H-12

H-13
H-14
H-15
H-16
H-17
H-18

Field Monitor Book PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Field Monitor Book PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Part number 139256-01

Revision F, January 2001

Machinery Protection System

FieldMonitor User Manual

Copyright 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Bently Nevada

The following are trademarks of Bently Nevada Corporation in

The following ways of contacting Bently Nevada Corporation

1631 Bently Parkway South

About this manual

This manual shows how to install and configure your FieldMonitor

We assume that you have previously used a programmable controller,

Rockwell Software products such as RSLogix5, RSLogix500,

Allen-Bradley Flex I/O or Flex Ex products

Microsoft Windows 95 or Windows NT

In this manual we use these terms to mean the following:

FieldMonitor User Manual

This user manual is divided into 10 chapters and 8 Appendices. The

Describes how to install the system.

A list of Flex network adapters that have been

Safety Notices and

We use the following symbol to identify information that requires

High voltage present.

Do not touch exposed

In order to configure, program, and integrate the FieldMonitor

1701/50 Weatherproof Enclosure Installation Guide. Part number

1701/22 FieldMonitor Management Interface Module User

Velomitor Piezo-Velocity Sensor Operation and Maintenance

330750 High Temperature Velocity Transducer Operation

330400 & 330425 Accelerometer Operation Manual, part number

Rockwell Automation Publications:

1794-2.1, Flex I/O Product Data

1797-2.1, FlexEx Product Data

1794-5.13, Flex I/O Panel Mounting Kit

1786-2.12, ControlNet Network/System Overview

1786-6.2.1, ControlNet Cable System/Planning and Installation

FieldMonitor User Manual

Receiving and Handling Instructions ..........2-1

Wiring ...................................................................... 3-18

How Communication Takes Place............... 4-1

Programming the Module when using a

Programming the Module when using a

Configuration Options and I/O Data Tables7-1

FieldMonitor User Manual

Option Incompatibilities ...................................... 7-11

High and Low Pass Corner Frequency................... 7-8

System Verification...................................... 8-1

Troubleshooting ........................................... 9-1

Monitor Verification....................................................... 8-1

FieldMonitor User Manual

Ordering Information ................................10-1

Data Tables for the 1701/15 Radial Vibration

Data Tables for the 1701/15 Thrust MonitorB-1

Data Tables for the 1701/25 Velocity Input

Specifications and Monitor Options ...........E-1

This chapter provides:

an overview of the FieldMonitor Machinery Protection System

The FieldMonitor system is a distributed vibration monitor system

the vibration protection system is integrated with a machine

Distributed vibration monitoring saves money by reducing

smaller footprint reduces cabinet space and enclosure size

FieldMonitor User Manual

machine OEMs and packagers who use modular manufacturing